linear block codes - jnnce ece...
TRANSCRIPT
![Page 1: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/1.jpg)
Linear Block Codes
Manjunatha. [email protected]
ProfessorDept. of ECE
J.N.N. College of Engineering, Shimoga
September 21, 2013
![Page 2: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/2.jpg)
Overview
1 Generator and Parity check Matrices
2 Encoding circuits
3 Syndrome and Error Detection
4 Minimum Distance Considerations
5 Error detecting and Error correcting capabilities
6 Standard array and Syndrome decoding
7 Decoding circuits
8 Hamming Codes
9 Reed Muller codes
10 The (24, 12) Golay code
11 Product codes and Interleaved codes
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 2 / 83
![Page 3: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/3.jpg)
Overview
1 Generator and Parity check Matrices
2 Encoding circuits
3 Syndrome and Error Detection
4 Minimum Distance Considerations
5 Error detecting and Error correcting capabilities
6 Standard array and Syndrome decoding
7 Decoding circuits
8 Hamming Codes
9 Reed Muller codes
10 The (24, 12) Golay code
11 Product codes and Interleaved codes
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 2 / 83
![Page 4: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/4.jpg)
Overview
1 Generator and Parity check Matrices
2 Encoding circuits
3 Syndrome and Error Detection
4 Minimum Distance Considerations
5 Error detecting and Error correcting capabilities
6 Standard array and Syndrome decoding
7 Decoding circuits
8 Hamming Codes
9 Reed Muller codes
10 The (24, 12) Golay code
11 Product codes and Interleaved codes
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 2 / 83
![Page 5: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/5.jpg)
Overview
1 Generator and Parity check Matrices
2 Encoding circuits
3 Syndrome and Error Detection
4 Minimum Distance Considerations
5 Error detecting and Error correcting capabilities
6 Standard array and Syndrome decoding
7 Decoding circuits
8 Hamming Codes
9 Reed Muller codes
10 The (24, 12) Golay code
11 Product codes and Interleaved codes
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 2 / 83
![Page 6: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/6.jpg)
Overview
1 Generator and Parity check Matrices
2 Encoding circuits
3 Syndrome and Error Detection
4 Minimum Distance Considerations
5 Error detecting and Error correcting capabilities
6 Standard array and Syndrome decoding
7 Decoding circuits
8 Hamming Codes
9 Reed Muller codes
10 The (24, 12) Golay code
11 Product codes and Interleaved codes
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 2 / 83
![Page 7: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/7.jpg)
Overview
1 Generator and Parity check Matrices
2 Encoding circuits
3 Syndrome and Error Detection
4 Minimum Distance Considerations
5 Error detecting and Error correcting capabilities
6 Standard array and Syndrome decoding
7 Decoding circuits
8 Hamming Codes
9 Reed Muller codes
10 The (24, 12) Golay code
11 Product codes and Interleaved codes
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 2 / 83
![Page 8: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/8.jpg)
Overview
1 Generator and Parity check Matrices
2 Encoding circuits
3 Syndrome and Error Detection
4 Minimum Distance Considerations
5 Error detecting and Error correcting capabilities
6 Standard array and Syndrome decoding
7 Decoding circuits
8 Hamming Codes
9 Reed Muller codes
10 The (24, 12) Golay code
11 Product codes and Interleaved codes
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 2 / 83
![Page 9: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/9.jpg)
Overview
1 Generator and Parity check Matrices
2 Encoding circuits
3 Syndrome and Error Detection
4 Minimum Distance Considerations
5 Error detecting and Error correcting capabilities
6 Standard array and Syndrome decoding
7 Decoding circuits
8 Hamming Codes
9 Reed Muller codes
10 The (24, 12) Golay code
11 Product codes and Interleaved codes
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 2 / 83
![Page 10: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/10.jpg)
Overview
1 Generator and Parity check Matrices
2 Encoding circuits
3 Syndrome and Error Detection
4 Minimum Distance Considerations
5 Error detecting and Error correcting capabilities
6 Standard array and Syndrome decoding
7 Decoding circuits
8 Hamming Codes
9 Reed Muller codes
10 The (24, 12) Golay code
11 Product codes and Interleaved codes
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 2 / 83
![Page 11: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/11.jpg)
Overview
1 Generator and Parity check Matrices
2 Encoding circuits
3 Syndrome and Error Detection
4 Minimum Distance Considerations
5 Error detecting and Error correcting capabilities
6 Standard array and Syndrome decoding
7 Decoding circuits
8 Hamming Codes
9 Reed Muller codes
10 The (24, 12) Golay code
11 Product codes and Interleaved codes
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 2 / 83
![Page 12: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/12.jpg)
Overview
1 Generator and Parity check Matrices
2 Encoding circuits
3 Syndrome and Error Detection
4 Minimum Distance Considerations
5 Error detecting and Error correcting capabilities
6 Standard array and Syndrome decoding
7 Decoding circuits
8 Hamming Codes
9 Reed Muller codes
10 The (24, 12) Golay code
11 Product codes and Interleaved codes
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 2 / 83
![Page 13: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/13.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
Introduction to Linear Block Codes
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 3 / 83
![Page 14: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/14.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
Transmission through noisy channel.
Transmission errors can occur, 1’s become 0’s and 0’s become 1’s.
To correct the errors, some redundancy bits are added to theinformation sequence, at the receiver the correlation is exploited tolocate transmission errors.
Here, only binary transmission is considered.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 4 / 83
![Page 15: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/15.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
Transmission through noisy channel.
Transmission errors can occur, 1’s become 0’s and 0’s become 1’s.
To correct the errors, some redundancy bits are added to theinformation sequence, at the receiver the correlation is exploited tolocate transmission errors.
Here, only binary transmission is considered.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 4 / 83
![Page 16: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/16.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
Transmission through noisy channel.
Transmission errors can occur, 1’s become 0’s and 0’s become 1’s.
To correct the errors, some redundancy bits are added to theinformation sequence, at the receiver the correlation is exploited tolocate transmission errors.
Here, only binary transmission is considered.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 4 / 83
![Page 17: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/17.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
Transmission through noisy channel.
Transmission errors can occur, 1’s become 0’s and 0’s become 1’s.
To correct the errors, some redundancy bits are added to theinformation sequence, at the receiver the correlation is exploited tolocate transmission errors.
Here, only binary transmission is considered.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 4 / 83
![Page 18: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/18.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
Transmission through noisy channel.
Transmission errors can occur, 1’s become 0’s and 0’s become 1’s.
To correct the errors, some redundancy bits are added to theinformation sequence, at the receiver the correlation is exploited tolocate transmission errors.
Here, only binary transmission is considered.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 4 / 83
![Page 19: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/19.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
Type of Errors
Single-bit error
Only 1 bit in the data unit (packet, frame, cell) has changed.
Either 1 to 0, or 0 to 1.
Burst error
2 or more bits in the data unit have changed..
More likely to occur than the single-bit error because the duration ofnoise is normally longer than the duration of 1 bit
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 5 / 83
![Page 20: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/20.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
Type of ErrorsSingle-bit error
Only 1 bit in the data unit (packet, frame, cell) has changed.
Either 1 to 0, or 0 to 1.
Burst error
2 or more bits in the data unit have changed..
More likely to occur than the single-bit error because the duration ofnoise is normally longer than the duration of 1 bit
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 5 / 83
![Page 21: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/21.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
Type of ErrorsSingle-bit error
Only 1 bit in the data unit (packet, frame, cell) has changed.
Either 1 to 0, or 0 to 1.
Burst error
2 or more bits in the data unit have changed..
More likely to occur than the single-bit error because the duration ofnoise is normally longer than the duration of 1 bit
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 5 / 83
![Page 22: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/22.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
Type of ErrorsSingle-bit error
Only 1 bit in the data unit (packet, frame, cell) has changed.
Either 1 to 0, or 0 to 1.
Burst error
2 or more bits in the data unit have changed..
More likely to occur than the single-bit error because the duration ofnoise is normally longer than the duration of 1 bit
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 5 / 83
![Page 23: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/23.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
Type of ErrorsSingle-bit error
Only 1 bit in the data unit (packet, frame, cell) has changed.
Either 1 to 0, or 0 to 1.
Burst error
2 or more bits in the data unit have changed..
More likely to occur than the single-bit error because the duration ofnoise is normally longer than the duration of 1 bit
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 5 / 83
![Page 24: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/24.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
Type of ErrorsSingle-bit error
Only 1 bit in the data unit (packet, frame, cell) has changed.
Either 1 to 0, or 0 to 1.
Burst error
2 or more bits in the data unit have changed..
More likely to occur than the single-bit error because the duration ofnoise is normally longer than the duration of 1 bit
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 5 / 83
![Page 25: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/25.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
Type of ErrorsSingle-bit error
Only 1 bit in the data unit (packet, frame, cell) has changed.
Either 1 to 0, or 0 to 1.
Burst error
2 or more bits in the data unit have changed..
More likely to occur than the single-bit error because the duration ofnoise is normally longer than the duration of 1 bit
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 5 / 83
![Page 26: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/26.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
Type of ErrorsSingle-bit error
Only 1 bit in the data unit (packet, frame, cell) has changed.
Either 1 to 0, or 0 to 1.
Burst error
2 or more bits in the data unit have changed..
More likely to occur than the single-bit error because the duration ofnoise is normally longer than the duration of 1 bit
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 5 / 83
![Page 27: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/27.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
Type of ErrorsSingle-bit error
Only 1 bit in the data unit (packet, frame, cell) has changed.
Either 1 to 0, or 0 to 1.
Burst error
2 or more bits in the data unit have changed..
More likely to occur than the single-bit error because the duration ofnoise is normally longer than the duration of 1 bit
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 5 / 83
![Page 28: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/28.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
The output of an information source is a sequence of binary digits“0” or “1”
Information sequence is segmented into message block of fixed length,denoted by u.
Each message block consists of k information digits. There are a totalof 2k distinct message.
The encoder transforms each input message u into a binary n-tuple vwith n > k
This n-tuple v is referred to as the code word (or code vector) of themessage u.
EncoderMessage block
(k info digits)(2k distinct message)
U v
Code word
(n tuple, n>k)(2k distinct code word)
Figure: The encoder
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 6 / 83
![Page 29: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/29.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
The output of an information source is a sequence of binary digits“0” or “1”
Information sequence is segmented into message block of fixed length,denoted by u.
Each message block consists of k information digits. There are a totalof 2k distinct message.
The encoder transforms each input message u into a binary n-tuple vwith n > k
This n-tuple v is referred to as the code word (or code vector) of themessage u.
EncoderMessage block
(k info digits)(2k distinct message)
U v
Code word
(n tuple, n>k)(2k distinct code word)
Figure: The encoder
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 6 / 83
![Page 30: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/30.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
The output of an information source is a sequence of binary digits“0” or “1”
Information sequence is segmented into message block of fixed length,denoted by u.
Each message block consists of k information digits. There are a totalof 2k distinct message.
The encoder transforms each input message u into a binary n-tuple vwith n > k
This n-tuple v is referred to as the code word (or code vector) of themessage u.
EncoderMessage block
(k info digits)(2k distinct message)
U v
Code word
(n tuple, n>k)(2k distinct code word)
Figure: The encoder
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 6 / 83
![Page 31: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/31.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
The output of an information source is a sequence of binary digits“0” or “1”
Information sequence is segmented into message block of fixed length,denoted by u.
Each message block consists of k information digits. There are a totalof 2k distinct message.
The encoder transforms each input message u into a binary n-tuple vwith n > k
This n-tuple v is referred to as the code word (or code vector) of themessage u.
EncoderMessage block
(k info digits)(2k distinct message)
U v
Code word
(n tuple, n>k)(2k distinct code word)
Figure: The encoder
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 6 / 83
![Page 32: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/32.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
The output of an information source is a sequence of binary digits“0” or “1”
Information sequence is segmented into message block of fixed length,denoted by u.
Each message block consists of k information digits. There are a totalof 2k distinct message.
The encoder transforms each input message u into a binary n-tuple vwith n > k
This n-tuple v is referred to as the code word (or code vector) of themessage u.
EncoderMessage block
(k info digits)(2k distinct message)
U v
Code word
(n tuple, n>k)(2k distinct code word)
Figure: The encoder
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 6 / 83
![Page 33: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/33.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
The output of an information source is a sequence of binary digits“0” or “1”
Information sequence is segmented into message block of fixed length,denoted by u.
Each message block consists of k information digits. There are a totalof 2k distinct message.
The encoder transforms each input message u into a binary n-tuple vwith n > k
This n-tuple v is referred to as the code word (or code vector) of themessage u.
EncoderMessage block
(k info digits)(2k distinct message)
U v
Code word
(n tuple, n>k)(2k distinct code word)
Figure: The encoder
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 6 / 83
![Page 34: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/34.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
There are distinct 2k code words.
This set of 2k code words is called a block code.
For a block code to be useful, there should be a one-to-onecorrespondence between a message u and its code word v.
A desirable structure for a block code to possess is the linearity.
With this structure, the encoding complexity will be greatly reduced.
Definition : A block code of length n and 2k code word is called alinear (n, k) code iff its 2k code words form a k-dimensional subspaceof the vector space of all the n-tuple over the field GF(2).
A binary block code is linear iff the module-2 sum of two code word isalso a code word.
The block code given in Table 3.1 is a (7, 4) linear code.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 7 / 83
![Page 35: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/35.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
There are distinct 2k code words.
This set of 2k code words is called a block code.
For a block code to be useful, there should be a one-to-onecorrespondence between a message u and its code word v.
A desirable structure for a block code to possess is the linearity.
With this structure, the encoding complexity will be greatly reduced.
Definition : A block code of length n and 2k code word is called alinear (n, k) code iff its 2k code words form a k-dimensional subspaceof the vector space of all the n-tuple over the field GF(2).
A binary block code is linear iff the module-2 sum of two code word isalso a code word.
The block code given in Table 3.1 is a (7, 4) linear code.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 7 / 83
![Page 36: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/36.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
There are distinct 2k code words.
This set of 2k code words is called a block code.
For a block code to be useful, there should be a one-to-onecorrespondence between a message u and its code word v.
A desirable structure for a block code to possess is the linearity.
With this structure, the encoding complexity will be greatly reduced.
Definition : A block code of length n and 2k code word is called alinear (n, k) code iff its 2k code words form a k-dimensional subspaceof the vector space of all the n-tuple over the field GF(2).
A binary block code is linear iff the module-2 sum of two code word isalso a code word.
The block code given in Table 3.1 is a (7, 4) linear code.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 7 / 83
![Page 37: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/37.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
There are distinct 2k code words.
This set of 2k code words is called a block code.
For a block code to be useful, there should be a one-to-onecorrespondence between a message u and its code word v.
A desirable structure for a block code to possess is the linearity.
With this structure, the encoding complexity will be greatly reduced.
Definition : A block code of length n and 2k code word is called alinear (n, k) code iff its 2k code words form a k-dimensional subspaceof the vector space of all the n-tuple over the field GF(2).
A binary block code is linear iff the module-2 sum of two code word isalso a code word.
The block code given in Table 3.1 is a (7, 4) linear code.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 7 / 83
![Page 38: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/38.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
There are distinct 2k code words.
This set of 2k code words is called a block code.
For a block code to be useful, there should be a one-to-onecorrespondence between a message u and its code word v.
A desirable structure for a block code to possess is the linearity.
With this structure, the encoding complexity will be greatly reduced.
Definition : A block code of length n and 2k code word is called alinear (n, k) code iff its 2k code words form a k-dimensional subspaceof the vector space of all the n-tuple over the field GF(2).
A binary block code is linear iff the module-2 sum of two code word isalso a code word.
The block code given in Table 3.1 is a (7, 4) linear code.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 7 / 83
![Page 39: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/39.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
There are distinct 2k code words.
This set of 2k code words is called a block code.
For a block code to be useful, there should be a one-to-onecorrespondence between a message u and its code word v.
A desirable structure for a block code to possess is the linearity.
With this structure, the encoding complexity will be greatly reduced.
Definition : A block code of length n and 2k code word is called alinear (n, k) code iff its 2k code words form a k-dimensional subspaceof the vector space of all the n-tuple over the field GF(2).
A binary block code is linear iff the module-2 sum of two code word isalso a code word.
The block code given in Table 3.1 is a (7, 4) linear code.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 7 / 83
![Page 40: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/40.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
There are distinct 2k code words.
This set of 2k code words is called a block code.
For a block code to be useful, there should be a one-to-onecorrespondence between a message u and its code word v.
A desirable structure for a block code to possess is the linearity.
With this structure, the encoding complexity will be greatly reduced.
Definition : A block code of length n and 2k code word is called alinear (n, k) code iff its 2k code words form a k-dimensional subspaceof the vector space of all the n-tuple over the field GF(2).
A binary block code is linear iff the module-2 sum of two code word isalso a code word.
The block code given in Table 3.1 is a (7, 4) linear code.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 7 / 83
![Page 41: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/41.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
There are distinct 2k code words.
This set of 2k code words is called a block code.
For a block code to be useful, there should be a one-to-onecorrespondence between a message u and its code word v.
A desirable structure for a block code to possess is the linearity.
With this structure, the encoding complexity will be greatly reduced.
Definition : A block code of length n and 2k code word is called alinear (n, k) code iff its 2k code words form a k-dimensional subspaceof the vector space of all the n-tuple over the field GF(2).
A binary block code is linear iff the module-2 sum of two code word isalso a code word.
The block code given in Table 3.1 is a (7, 4) linear code.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 7 / 83
![Page 42: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/42.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
There are distinct 2k code words.
This set of 2k code words is called a block code.
For a block code to be useful, there should be a one-to-onecorrespondence between a message u and its code word v.
A desirable structure for a block code to possess is the linearity.
With this structure, the encoding complexity will be greatly reduced.
Definition : A block code of length n and 2k code word is called alinear (n, k) code iff its 2k code words form a k-dimensional subspaceof the vector space of all the n-tuple over the field GF(2).
A binary block code is linear iff the module-2 sum of two code word isalso a code word.
The block code given in Table 3.1 is a (7, 4) linear code.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 7 / 83
![Page 43: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/43.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes
Message Codewords
(0 0 0 0) (0 0 0 0 0 0 0)(1 0 0 0) (1 1 0 1 0 0 0)(0 1 0 0) (0 1 1 0 1 0 0)(1 1 0 0) (1 0 1 1 1 0 0)(0 0 1 0) (1 1 1 0 0 1 0)(1 0 1 0) (0 0 1 1 0 1 0)(0 1 1 0) (1 0 0 0 1 1 0)(1 1 1 0) (0 1 0 1 1 1 0)(0 0 0 1) (1 0 1 0 0 0 1)(1 0 0 1) (0 1 1 1 0 0 1)(0 1 0 1) (1 1 0 0 1 0 1)(1 1 0 1) (0 0 0 1 1 0 1)(0 0 1 1) (0 1 1 0 0 1 1)(1 0 1 1) (1 0 0 1 0 1 1)(0 1 1 1) (0 0 1 0 1 1 1)(1 1 1 1) (1 1 1 1 1 1 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 8 / 83
![Page 44: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/44.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
Since an (n, k) linear code C is a k-dimensional subspace of thevector space Vn of all the binary n tuple, it is possible to find klinearly independent code word, g0, g0, . . . gk−1 in C
v = u0g0 + u1g1 + . . . uk−1gk−1 (1)
where ui = 0 or 1 for 0 ≤ i < k
Let us arrange these k linearly independent code words as the rows of ak × n matrix as follows:
G =
g0g1...
gk−1
=
g00 g01 g02 . . . g0,n−1g10 g11 g12 . . . g1,n−1
...gk−1,0 gk−1,1 gk−1,2 . . . gk−1,n−1
(2)
where gi = (gi0, gi1, . . . gin−1)0 or 1 for 0 ≤ i < k
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 9 / 83
![Page 45: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/45.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
Since an (n, k) linear code C is a k-dimensional subspace of thevector space Vn of all the binary n tuple, it is possible to find klinearly independent code word, g0, g0, . . . gk−1 in C
v = u0g0 + u1g1 + . . . uk−1gk−1 (1)
where ui = 0 or 1 for 0 ≤ i < k
Let us arrange these k linearly independent code words as the rows of ak × n matrix as follows:
G =
g0g1...
gk−1
=
g00 g01 g02 . . . g0,n−1g10 g11 g12 . . . g1,n−1
...gk−1,0 gk−1,1 gk−1,2 . . . gk−1,n−1
(2)
where gi = (gi0, gi1, . . . gin−1)0 or 1 for 0 ≤ i < k
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 9 / 83
![Page 46: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/46.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
Since an (n, k) linear code C is a k-dimensional subspace of thevector space Vn of all the binary n tuple, it is possible to find klinearly independent code word, g0, g0, . . . gk−1 in C
v = u0g0 + u1g1 + . . . uk−1gk−1 (1)
where ui = 0 or 1 for 0 ≤ i < k
Let us arrange these k linearly independent code words as the rows of ak × n matrix as follows:
G =
g0g1...
gk−1
=
g00 g01 g02 . . . g0,n−1g10 g11 g12 . . . g1,n−1
...gk−1,0 gk−1,1 gk−1,2 . . . gk−1,n−1
(2)
where gi = (gi0, gi1, . . . gin−1)0 or 1 for 0 ≤ i < k
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 9 / 83
![Page 47: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/47.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
Since an (n, k) linear code C is a k-dimensional subspace of thevector space Vn of all the binary n tuple, it is possible to find klinearly independent code word, g0, g0, . . . gk−1 in C
v = u0g0 + u1g1 + . . . uk−1gk−1 (1)
where ui = 0 or 1 for 0 ≤ i < k
Let us arrange these k linearly independent code words as the rows of ak × n matrix as follows:
G =
g0g1...
gk−1
=
g00 g01 g02 . . . g0,n−1g10 g11 g12 . . . g1,n−1
...gk−1,0 gk−1,1 gk−1,2 . . . gk−1,n−1
(2)
where gi = (gi0, gi1, . . . gin−1)0 or 1 for 0 ≤ i < k
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 9 / 83
![Page 48: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/48.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
Since an (n, k) linear code C is a k-dimensional subspace of thevector space Vn of all the binary n tuple, it is possible to find klinearly independent code word, g0, g0, . . . gk−1 in C
v = u0g0 + u1g1 + . . . uk−1gk−1 (1)
where ui = 0 or 1 for 0 ≤ i < k
Let us arrange these k linearly independent code words as the rows of ak × n matrix as follows:
G =
g0g1...
gk−1
=
g00 g01 g02 . . . g0,n−1g10 g11 g12 . . . g1,n−1
...gk−1,0 gk−1,1 gk−1,2 . . . gk−1,n−1
(2)
where gi = (gi0, gi1, . . . gin−1)0 or 1 for 0 ≤ i < k
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 9 / 83
![Page 49: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/49.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
If u = (u0, u1, . . . , uk−1) is the message to be encoded, the correspondingcode word
v = U.G =(u0, u1, . . . , uk−1
).
g0g1...
gk−1
(3)
v = u0g0 + u1g1 + . . . uk−1gk−1
Because the rows of G generate the (n, k) linear code C, the matrix Gis called a generator matrix for C
Note that any k linearly independent code words of an (n, k) linearcode can be used to form a generator matrix for the code
It follows from (3.3) that an (n, k) linear code is completely specifiedby the k rows of a generator matrix G
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 10 / 83
![Page 50: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/50.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
The (7, 4) linear code given in Table 3.1 has the following matrix as agenerator matrix
If u = (1 1 0 1) is the message to be encoded, its corresponding codeword, according to (3.3), would be
G =
g0g1g2g3
=
1 1 0 1 0 0 00 1 1 0 1 0 01 1 1 0 0 1 01 0 1 0 0 0 1
If u = (1101) is the message to be encoded, its corresponding codeword, according to (3.3), would be
v = 1.g0 + 1.g1 + 0.g2 + 1.g3
=1.(1 1 0 1 0 0 0)+ 1.(0 1 1 0 1 0 0)+ 0.(1 1 1 0 0 1 0)+1. (1 0 1 00 0 1)
=(0 0 0 1 1 0 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 11 / 83
![Page 51: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/51.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
The (7, 4) linear code given in Table 3.1 has the following matrix as agenerator matrix
If u = (1 1 0 1) is the message to be encoded, its corresponding codeword, according to (3.3), would be
G =
g0g1g2g3
=
1 1 0 1 0 0 00 1 1 0 1 0 01 1 1 0 0 1 01 0 1 0 0 0 1
If u = (1101) is the message to be encoded, its corresponding codeword, according to (3.3), would be
v = 1.g0 + 1.g1 + 0.g2 + 1.g3
=1.(1 1 0 1 0 0 0)+ 1.(0 1 1 0 1 0 0)+ 0.(1 1 1 0 0 1 0)+1. (1 0 1 00 0 1)
=(0 0 0 1 1 0 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 11 / 83
![Page 52: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/52.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
The (7, 4) linear code given in Table 3.1 has the following matrix as agenerator matrix
If u = (1 1 0 1) is the message to be encoded, its corresponding codeword, according to (3.3), would be
G =
g0g1g2g3
=
1 1 0 1 0 0 00 1 1 0 1 0 01 1 1 0 0 1 01 0 1 0 0 0 1
If u = (1101) is the message to be encoded, its corresponding codeword, according to (3.3), would be
v = 1.g0 + 1.g1 + 0.g2 + 1.g3
=1.(1 1 0 1 0 0 0)+ 1.(0 1 1 0 1 0 0)+ 0.(1 1 1 0 0 1 0)+1. (1 0 1 00 0 1)
=(0 0 0 1 1 0 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 11 / 83
![Page 53: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/53.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
The (7, 4) linear code given in Table 3.1 has the following matrix as agenerator matrix
If u = (1 1 0 1) is the message to be encoded, its corresponding codeword, according to (3.3), would be
G =
g0g1g2g3
=
1 1 0 1 0 0 00 1 1 0 1 0 01 1 1 0 0 1 01 0 1 0 0 0 1
If u = (1101) is the message to be encoded, its corresponding codeword, according to (3.3), would be
v = 1.g0 + 1.g1 + 0.g2 + 1.g3
=1.(1 1 0 1 0 0 0)+ 1.(0 1 1 0 1 0 0)+ 0.(1 1 1 0 0 1 0)+1. (1 0 1 00 0 1)
=(0 0 0 1 1 0 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 11 / 83
![Page 54: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/54.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
The (7, 4) linear code given in Table 3.1 has the following matrix as agenerator matrix
If u = (1 1 0 1) is the message to be encoded, its corresponding codeword, according to (3.3), would be
G =
g0g1g2g3
=
1 1 0 1 0 0 00 1 1 0 1 0 01 1 1 0 0 1 01 0 1 0 0 0 1
If u = (1101) is the message to be encoded, its corresponding codeword, according to (3.3), would be
v = 1.g0 + 1.g1 + 0.g2 + 1.g3
=1.(1 1 0 1 0 0 0)+ 1.(0 1 1 0 1 0 0)+ 0.(1 1 1 0 0 1 0)+1. (1 0 1 00 0 1)
=(0 0 0 1 1 0 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 11 / 83
![Page 55: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/55.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
A desirable property for a linear block code is the systematic structureof the code words as shown in Fig. 3.1
where a code word is divided into two parts.
The message part consists of k information digits.
The redundant checking part consists of n - k parity-check digits.
A linear block code with this structure is referred to as a linearsystematic block code.
Redundant checking part
n-k digits
Message part
k digits
Figure: Systematic format of a codeword
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 12 / 83
![Page 56: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/56.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
A desirable property for a linear block code is the systematic structureof the code words as shown in Fig. 3.1
where a code word is divided into two parts.
The message part consists of k information digits.
The redundant checking part consists of n - k parity-check digits.
A linear block code with this structure is referred to as a linearsystematic block code.
Redundant checking part
n-k digits
Message part
k digits
Figure: Systematic format of a codeword
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 12 / 83
![Page 57: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/57.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
A desirable property for a linear block code is the systematic structureof the code words as shown in Fig. 3.1
where a code word is divided into two parts.
The message part consists of k information digits.
The redundant checking part consists of n - k parity-check digits.
A linear block code with this structure is referred to as a linearsystematic block code.
Redundant checking part
n-k digits
Message part
k digits
Figure: Systematic format of a codeword
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 12 / 83
![Page 58: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/58.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
A desirable property for a linear block code is the systematic structureof the code words as shown in Fig. 3.1
where a code word is divided into two parts.
The message part consists of k information digits.
The redundant checking part consists of n - k parity-check digits.
A linear block code with this structure is referred to as a linearsystematic block code.
Redundant checking part
n-k digits
Message part
k digits
Figure: Systematic format of a codeword
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 12 / 83
![Page 59: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/59.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
A desirable property for a linear block code is the systematic structureof the code words as shown in Fig. 3.1
where a code word is divided into two parts.
The message part consists of k information digits.
The redundant checking part consists of n - k parity-check digits.
A linear block code with this structure is referred to as a linearsystematic block code.
Redundant checking part
n-k digits
Message part
k digits
Figure: Systematic format of a codeword
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 12 / 83
![Page 60: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/60.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
A desirable property for a linear block code is the systematic structureof the code words as shown in Fig. 3.1
where a code word is divided into two parts.
The message part consists of k information digits.
The redundant checking part consists of n - k parity-check digits.
A linear block code with this structure is referred to as a linearsystematic block code.
Redundant checking part
n-k digits
Message part
k digits
Figure: Systematic format of a codeword
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 12 / 83
![Page 61: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/61.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
A linear systematic (n, k) code is completely specified by a k x n matrix Gof the following form:
G =
g0g1g2...
gk−1
P Matrix︷ ︸︸ ︷ kxk Identity Matrix︷ ︸︸ ︷
=
p00 p01 . . . p0,n−k−1 1 0 0 . . . 0p10 p11 . . . p1,n−k−1 0 1 0 . . . 0p20 p21 . . . p2,n−k−1 0 0 1 . . . 0
...pk−1,0 pk−1,1 . . . pk−1,n−k−1 0 0 0 . . . 1
(4)
where pij = 0 or 1
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 13 / 83
![Page 62: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/62.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
A linear systematic (n, k) code is completely specified by a k x n matrix Gof the following form:
G =
g0g1g2...
gk−1
P Matrix︷ ︸︸ ︷ kxk Identity Matrix︷ ︸︸ ︷
=
p00 p01 . . . p0,n−k−1 1 0 0 . . . 0p10 p11 . . . p1,n−k−1 0 1 0 . . . 0p20 p21 . . . p2,n−k−1 0 0 1 . . . 0
...pk−1,0 pk−1,1 . . . pk−1,n−k−1 0 0 0 . . . 1
(4)
where pij = 0 or 1
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 13 / 83
![Page 63: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/63.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
Let u = (u0, u1, . . . , uk−1) be the message to be encoded.
The corresponding code word is.
v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) = (u0, u1, . . . , uk−1) · G (5)
It follows from (4) (5) that the components of V are
vn−k+i = ui for 0 ≤ i < k (6a)
vj = u0p0j +u1p1j + . . . ,+uk−1pk−1,j for 0 ≤ j < n−k (6b) (6)
Equation (6a) shows that the rightmost k digits of a code word v areidentical to the information digits u0, u1, . . . uk−1 to be encoded
Equation (6b) shown that the leftmost n-k redundant digits are linearsums of the information digits.
The n-k equations given by (6b) are called parity-check equations ofthe code.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 14 / 83
![Page 64: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/64.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
Let u = (u0, u1, . . . , uk−1) be the message to be encoded.
The corresponding code word is.
v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) = (u0, u1, . . . , uk−1) · G (5)
It follows from (4) (5) that the components of V are
vn−k+i = ui for 0 ≤ i < k (6a)
vj = u0p0j +u1p1j + . . . ,+uk−1pk−1,j for 0 ≤ j < n−k (6b) (6)
Equation (6a) shows that the rightmost k digits of a code word v areidentical to the information digits u0, u1, . . . uk−1 to be encoded
Equation (6b) shown that the leftmost n-k redundant digits are linearsums of the information digits.
The n-k equations given by (6b) are called parity-check equations ofthe code.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 14 / 83
![Page 65: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/65.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
Let u = (u0, u1, . . . , uk−1) be the message to be encoded.
The corresponding code word is.
v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) = (u0, u1, . . . , uk−1) · G (5)
It follows from (4) (5) that the components of V are
vn−k+i = ui for 0 ≤ i < k (6a)
vj = u0p0j +u1p1j + . . . ,+uk−1pk−1,j for 0 ≤ j < n−k (6b) (6)
Equation (6a) shows that the rightmost k digits of a code word v areidentical to the information digits u0, u1, . . . uk−1 to be encoded
Equation (6b) shown that the leftmost n-k redundant digits are linearsums of the information digits.
The n-k equations given by (6b) are called parity-check equations ofthe code.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 14 / 83
![Page 66: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/66.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
Let u = (u0, u1, . . . , uk−1) be the message to be encoded.
The corresponding code word is.
v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) = (u0, u1, . . . , uk−1) · G (5)
It follows from (4) (5) that the components of V are
vn−k+i = ui for 0 ≤ i < k (6a)
vj = u0p0j +u1p1j + . . . ,+uk−1pk−1,j for 0 ≤ j < n−k (6b) (6)
Equation (6a) shows that the rightmost k digits of a code word v areidentical to the information digits u0, u1, . . . uk−1 to be encoded
Equation (6b) shown that the leftmost n-k redundant digits are linearsums of the information digits.
The n-k equations given by (6b) are called parity-check equations ofthe code.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 14 / 83
![Page 67: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/67.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
Let u = (u0, u1, . . . , uk−1) be the message to be encoded.
The corresponding code word is.
v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) = (u0, u1, . . . , uk−1) · G (5)
It follows from (4) (5) that the components of V are
vn−k+i = ui for 0 ≤ i < k (6a)
vj = u0p0j +u1p1j + . . . ,+uk−1pk−1,j for 0 ≤ j < n−k (6b) (6)
Equation (6a) shows that the rightmost k digits of a code word v areidentical to the information digits u0, u1, . . . uk−1 to be encoded
Equation (6b) shown that the leftmost n-k redundant digits are linearsums of the information digits.
The n-k equations given by (6b) are called parity-check equations ofthe code.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 14 / 83
![Page 68: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/68.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
Let u = (u0, u1, . . . , uk−1) be the message to be encoded.
The corresponding code word is.
v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) = (u0, u1, . . . , uk−1) · G (5)
It follows from (4) (5) that the components of V are
vn−k+i = ui for 0 ≤ i < k (6a)
vj = u0p0j +u1p1j + . . . ,+uk−1pk−1,j for 0 ≤ j < n−k (6b) (6)
Equation (6a) shows that the rightmost k digits of a code word v areidentical to the information digits u0, u1, . . . uk−1 to be encoded
Equation (6b) shown that the leftmost n-k redundant digits are linearsums of the information digits.
The n-k equations given by (6b) are called parity-check equations ofthe code.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 14 / 83
![Page 69: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/69.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
Let u = (u0, u1, . . . , uk−1) be the message to be encoded.
The corresponding code word is.
v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) = (u0, u1, . . . , uk−1) · G (5)
It follows from (4) (5) that the components of V are
vn−k+i = ui for 0 ≤ i < k (6a)
vj = u0p0j +u1p1j + . . . ,+uk−1pk−1,j for 0 ≤ j < n−k (6b) (6)
Equation (6a) shows that the rightmost k digits of a code word v areidentical to the information digits u0, u1, . . . uk−1 to be encoded
Equation (6b) shown that the leftmost n-k redundant digits are linearsums of the information digits.
The n-k equations given by (6b) are called parity-check equations ofthe code.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 14 / 83
![Page 70: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/70.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
Let u = (u0, u1, . . . , uk−1) be the message to be encoded.
The corresponding code word is.
v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) = (u0, u1, . . . , uk−1) · G (5)
It follows from (4) (5) that the components of V are
vn−k+i = ui for 0 ≤ i < k (6a)
vj = u0p0j +u1p1j + . . . ,+uk−1pk−1,j for 0 ≤ j < n−k (6b) (6)
Equation (6a) shows that the rightmost k digits of a code word v areidentical to the information digits u0, u1, . . . uk−1 to be encoded
Equation (6b) shown that the leftmost n-k redundant digits are linearsums of the information digits.
The n-k equations given by (6b) are called parity-check equations ofthe code.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 14 / 83
![Page 71: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/71.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
The matrix G given in example 3.1
Let u = (u0, u1, u2, u3) be the message to be encoded.
Let v = (v0, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6) be the corresponding code word.
Solution :
v = u · G =(u0, u1, u2, u3
).
1 1 0 1 0 0 00 1 1 0 1 0 01 1 1 0 0 1 01 0 1 0 0 0 1
By matrix multiplication, we obtain the following digits of the code word vv6 = u3, v5 = u2, v4 = u2, v3 = u0,v2 = u1 + u2 + u3, v1 = u0 + u1 + u2,v0 = u0 + u2 + u3The code word corresponding to the message (1 0 1 1) is (1 0 0 1 0 1 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 15 / 83
![Page 72: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/72.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
The matrix G given in example 3.1
Let u = (u0, u1, u2, u3) be the message to be encoded.
Let v = (v0, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6) be the corresponding code word.
Solution :
v = u · G =(u0, u1, u2, u3
).
1 1 0 1 0 0 00 1 1 0 1 0 01 1 1 0 0 1 01 0 1 0 0 0 1
By matrix multiplication, we obtain the following digits of the code word vv6 = u3, v5 = u2, v4 = u2, v3 = u0,v2 = u1 + u2 + u3, v1 = u0 + u1 + u2,v0 = u0 + u2 + u3The code word corresponding to the message (1 0 1 1) is (1 0 0 1 0 1 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 15 / 83
![Page 73: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/73.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
The matrix G given in example 3.1
Let u = (u0, u1, u2, u3) be the message to be encoded.
Let v = (v0, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6) be the corresponding code word.
Solution :
v = u · G =(u0, u1, u2, u3
).
1 1 0 1 0 0 00 1 1 0 1 0 01 1 1 0 0 1 01 0 1 0 0 0 1
By matrix multiplication, we obtain the following digits of the code word vv6 = u3, v5 = u2, v4 = u2, v3 = u0,v2 = u1 + u2 + u3, v1 = u0 + u1 + u2,v0 = u0 + u2 + u3The code word corresponding to the message (1 0 1 1) is (1 0 0 1 0 1 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 15 / 83
![Page 74: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/74.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
The matrix G given in example 3.1
Let u = (u0, u1, u2, u3) be the message to be encoded.
Let v = (v0, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6) be the corresponding code word.
Solution :
v = u · G =(u0, u1, u2, u3
).
1 1 0 1 0 0 00 1 1 0 1 0 01 1 1 0 0 1 01 0 1 0 0 0 1
By matrix multiplication, we obtain the following digits of the code word vv6 = u3, v5 = u2, v4 = u2, v3 = u0,v2 = u1 + u2 + u3, v1 = u0 + u1 + u2,v0 = u0 + u2 + u3The code word corresponding to the message (1 0 1 1) is (1 0 0 1 0 1 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 15 / 83
![Page 75: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/75.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
The matrix G given in example 3.1
Let u = (u0, u1, u2, u3) be the message to be encoded.
Let v = (v0, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6) be the corresponding code word.
Solution :
v = u · G =(u0, u1, u2, u3
).
1 1 0 1 0 0 00 1 1 0 1 0 01 1 1 0 0 1 01 0 1 0 0 0 1
By matrix multiplication, we obtain the following digits of the code word vv6 = u3, v5 = u2, v4 = u2, v3 = u0,v2 = u1 + u2 + u3, v1 = u0 + u1 + u2,v0 = u0 + u2 + u3
The code word corresponding to the message (1 0 1 1) is (1 0 0 1 0 1 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 15 / 83
![Page 76: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/76.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Generator Matrix
The matrix G given in example 3.1
Let u = (u0, u1, u2, u3) be the message to be encoded.
Let v = (v0, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6) be the corresponding code word.
Solution :
v = u · G =(u0, u1, u2, u3
).
1 1 0 1 0 0 00 1 1 0 1 0 01 1 1 0 0 1 01 0 1 0 0 0 1
By matrix multiplication, we obtain the following digits of the code word vv6 = u3, v5 = u2, v4 = u2, v3 = u0,v2 = u1 + u2 + u3, v1 = u0 + u1 + u2,v0 = u0 + u2 + u3The code word corresponding to the message (1 0 1 1) is (1 0 0 1 0 1 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 15 / 83
![Page 77: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/77.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
For any k x n matrix G with k linearly independent rows, there existsan (n-k)x n matrix H with n-k linearly independent rows such that anyvector in the row space of G is orthogonal to the rows of H and anyvector that is orthogonal to the rows of H is in the row space of G.
An n-tuple v is a codeword in the code C generated by G if and only if
v · HT = 0
This matrix H is called a parity-check matrix of the code.
The 2n−k linear combinations of the rows of matrix H form an (n,n-k) linear code Cd
This code is the null space of the (n, k) linear code C generated bymatrix G.
Cd is called the dual code of C
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 16 / 83
![Page 78: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/78.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
For any k x n matrix G with k linearly independent rows, there existsan (n-k)x n matrix H with n-k linearly independent rows such that anyvector in the row space of G is orthogonal to the rows of H and anyvector that is orthogonal to the rows of H is in the row space of G.
An n-tuple v is a codeword in the code C generated by G if and only if
v · HT = 0
This matrix H is called a parity-check matrix of the code.
The 2n−k linear combinations of the rows of matrix H form an (n,n-k) linear code Cd
This code is the null space of the (n, k) linear code C generated bymatrix G.
Cd is called the dual code of C
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 16 / 83
![Page 79: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/79.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
For any k x n matrix G with k linearly independent rows, there existsan (n-k)x n matrix H with n-k linearly independent rows such that anyvector in the row space of G is orthogonal to the rows of H and anyvector that is orthogonal to the rows of H is in the row space of G.
An n-tuple v is a codeword in the code C generated by G if and only if
v · HT = 0
This matrix H is called a parity-check matrix of the code.
The 2n−k linear combinations of the rows of matrix H form an (n,n-k) linear code Cd
This code is the null space of the (n, k) linear code C generated bymatrix G.
Cd is called the dual code of C
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 16 / 83
![Page 80: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/80.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
For any k x n matrix G with k linearly independent rows, there existsan (n-k)x n matrix H with n-k linearly independent rows such that anyvector in the row space of G is orthogonal to the rows of H and anyvector that is orthogonal to the rows of H is in the row space of G.
An n-tuple v is a codeword in the code C generated by G if and only if
v · HT = 0
This matrix H is called a parity-check matrix of the code.
The 2n−k linear combinations of the rows of matrix H form an (n,n-k) linear code Cd
This code is the null space of the (n, k) linear code C generated bymatrix G.
Cd is called the dual code of C
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 16 / 83
![Page 81: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/81.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
For any k x n matrix G with k linearly independent rows, there existsan (n-k)x n matrix H with n-k linearly independent rows such that anyvector in the row space of G is orthogonal to the rows of H and anyvector that is orthogonal to the rows of H is in the row space of G.
An n-tuple v is a codeword in the code C generated by G if and only if
v · HT = 0
This matrix H is called a parity-check matrix of the code.
The 2n−k linear combinations of the rows of matrix H form an (n,n-k) linear code Cd
This code is the null space of the (n, k) linear code C generated bymatrix G.
Cd is called the dual code of C
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 16 / 83
![Page 82: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/82.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
If the generator matrix of an (n,k) linear code is in the systematic form of(3.4), the parity-check matrix may take the following form:
H = [In−kPT ] =
1 0 0 . . . 0 p00 p10 . . . pk−1,00 1 0 . . . 0 p01 p11 . . . pk−1,10 0 1 . . . 0 p02 p12 . . . pk−1,2...0 0 0 . . . 1 p0,n−k−1 p1,n−k−1 . . . pk−1,n−k−1
(7)
Let hj be the j th row of H then inner product of the i th row of G is
gi .hj = pij + pij = 0
for 0 ≤ i < k and 0 ≤ j < n − k
This implies thatG · HT = 0
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 17 / 83
![Page 83: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/83.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
If the generator matrix of an (n,k) linear code is in the systematic form of(3.4), the parity-check matrix may take the following form:
H = [In−kPT ] =
1 0 0 . . . 0 p00 p10 . . . pk−1,00 1 0 . . . 0 p01 p11 . . . pk−1,10 0 1 . . . 0 p02 p12 . . . pk−1,2...0 0 0 . . . 1 p0,n−k−1 p1,n−k−1 . . . pk−1,n−k−1
(7)
Let hj be the j th row of H then inner product of the i th row of G is
gi .hj = pij + pij = 0
for 0 ≤ i < k and 0 ≤ j < n − k
This implies thatG · HT = 0
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 17 / 83
![Page 84: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/84.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
If the generator matrix of an (n,k) linear code is in the systematic form of(3.4), the parity-check matrix may take the following form:
H = [In−kPT ] =
1 0 0 . . . 0 p00 p10 . . . pk−1,00 1 0 . . . 0 p01 p11 . . . pk−1,10 0 1 . . . 0 p02 p12 . . . pk−1,2...0 0 0 . . . 1 p0,n−k−1 p1,n−k−1 . . . pk−1,n−k−1
(7)
Let hj be the j th row of H then inner product of the i th row of G is
gi .hj = pij + pij = 0
for 0 ≤ i < k and 0 ≤ j < n − k
This implies thatG · HT = 0
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 17 / 83
![Page 85: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/85.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
If the generator matrix of an (n,k) linear code is in the systematic form of(3.4), the parity-check matrix may take the following form:
H = [In−kPT ] =
1 0 0 . . . 0 p00 p10 . . . pk−1,00 1 0 . . . 0 p01 p11 . . . pk−1,10 0 1 . . . 0 p02 p12 . . . pk−1,2...0 0 0 . . . 1 p0,n−k−1 p1,n−k−1 . . . pk−1,n−k−1
(7)
Let hj be the j th row of H then inner product of the i th row of G is
gi .hj = pij + pij = 0
for 0 ≤ i < k and 0 ≤ j < n − k
This implies thatG · HT = 0
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 17 / 83
![Page 86: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/86.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
If the generator matrix of an (n,k) linear code is in the systematic form of(3.4), the parity-check matrix may take the following form:
H = [In−kPT ] =
1 0 0 . . . 0 p00 p10 . . . pk−1,00 1 0 . . . 0 p01 p11 . . . pk−1,10 0 1 . . . 0 p02 p12 . . . pk−1,2...0 0 0 . . . 1 p0,n−k−1 p1,n−k−1 . . . pk−1,n−k−1
(7)
Let hj be the j th row of H then inner product of the i th row of G is
gi .hj = pij + pij = 0
for 0 ≤ i < k and 0 ≤ j < n − k
This implies thatG · HT = 0
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 17 / 83
![Page 87: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/87.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
Let u = (u0, u1, . . . uk−1) be the message to be encoded.
In systematic form the corresponding code word would bev = (v0, v1, . . . vn−1) = (v0, v1, . . . vn−k−1, u0, u1, . . . uk−1)
Using the fact that v .HT = 0, we obtain
vj + u0p0j + u1p1j . . . + uk−1pk−1j = 0 (8)
for 0 ≤ j < n − k
Rearranging the equation of (8), we obtain the same parity-checkequations of (6b)
An (n, k) linear code is completely specified by its parity check
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 18 / 83
![Page 88: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/88.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
Let u = (u0, u1, . . . uk−1) be the message to be encoded.
In systematic form the corresponding code word would be
v = (v0, v1, . . . vn−1) = (v0, v1, . . . vn−k−1, u0, u1, . . . uk−1)
Using the fact that v .HT = 0, we obtain
vj + u0p0j + u1p1j . . . + uk−1pk−1j = 0 (8)
for 0 ≤ j < n − k
Rearranging the equation of (8), we obtain the same parity-checkequations of (6b)
An (n, k) linear code is completely specified by its parity check
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 18 / 83
![Page 89: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/89.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
Let u = (u0, u1, . . . uk−1) be the message to be encoded.
In systematic form the corresponding code word would bev = (v0, v1, . . . vn−1) = (v0, v1, . . . vn−k−1, u0, u1, . . . uk−1)
Using the fact that v .HT = 0, we obtain
vj + u0p0j + u1p1j . . . + uk−1pk−1j = 0 (8)
for 0 ≤ j < n − k
Rearranging the equation of (8), we obtain the same parity-checkequations of (6b)
An (n, k) linear code is completely specified by its parity check
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 18 / 83
![Page 90: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/90.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
Let u = (u0, u1, . . . uk−1) be the message to be encoded.
In systematic form the corresponding code word would bev = (v0, v1, . . . vn−1) = (v0, v1, . . . vn−k−1, u0, u1, . . . uk−1)
Using the fact that v .HT = 0, we obtain
vj + u0p0j + u1p1j . . . + uk−1pk−1j = 0 (8)
for 0 ≤ j < n − k
Rearranging the equation of (8), we obtain the same parity-checkequations of (6b)
An (n, k) linear code is completely specified by its parity check
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 18 / 83
![Page 91: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/91.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
Let u = (u0, u1, . . . uk−1) be the message to be encoded.
In systematic form the corresponding code word would bev = (v0, v1, . . . vn−1) = (v0, v1, . . . vn−k−1, u0, u1, . . . uk−1)
Using the fact that v .HT = 0, we obtain
vj + u0p0j + u1p1j . . . + uk−1pk−1j = 0 (8)
for 0 ≤ j < n − k
Rearranging the equation of (8), we obtain the same parity-checkequations of (6b)
An (n, k) linear code is completely specified by its parity check
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 18 / 83
![Page 92: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/92.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
Let u = (u0, u1, . . . uk−1) be the message to be encoded.
In systematic form the corresponding code word would bev = (v0, v1, . . . vn−1) = (v0, v1, . . . vn−k−1, u0, u1, . . . uk−1)
Using the fact that v .HT = 0, we obtain
vj + u0p0j + u1p1j . . . + uk−1pk−1j = 0 (8)
for 0 ≤ j < n − k
Rearranging the equation of (8), we obtain the same parity-checkequations of (6b)
An (n, k) linear code is completely specified by its parity check
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 18 / 83
![Page 93: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/93.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
v .HT = (v0, v1, . . . vn−k−1, u0, u1, . . . uk−1).HT = 0
HT =
1 0 0 . . . 00 1 0 . . . 00 0 1 . . . 0...0 0 0 . . . 1
p00 p01 p02 . . . p0,n−k−1p10 p11 p12 . . . p1,n−k−1
...pk−1,0 pk−1,1 pk−1,2 . . . pk−1,n−k−1
v0(1) + v1(1) + vn−1(1) + u0(p00 p01 . . . p0,n−k−1)++u1(p10 p11 p12 . . . p1,n−k−1) +u2(p20 p21 p22 . . . p2,n−k−1). . . + uk−1(pk−1,0 pk−1,1 . . . pk−1,2 pk−1,n−k−1) = 0vj + u0p0j + u1p1j . . . + uk−1pk−1j = 0 for 0 ≤ j < n − k
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 19 / 83
![Page 94: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/94.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
v .HT = (v0, v1, . . . vn−k−1, u0, u1, . . . uk−1).HT = 0
HT =
1 0 0 . . . 00 1 0 . . . 00 0 1 . . . 0...0 0 0 . . . 1
p00 p01 p02 . . . p0,n−k−1p10 p11 p12 . . . p1,n−k−1
...pk−1,0 pk−1,1 pk−1,2 . . . pk−1,n−k−1
v0(1) + v1(1) + vn−1(1) + u0(p00 p01 . . . p0,n−k−1)++u1(p10 p11 p12 . . . p1,n−k−1) +u2(p20 p21 p22 . . . p2,n−k−1). . . + uk−1(pk−1,0 pk−1,1 . . . pk−1,2 pk−1,n−k−1) = 0vj + u0p0j + u1p1j . . . + uk−1pk−1j = 0 for 0 ≤ j < n − k
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 19 / 83
![Page 95: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/95.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
Consider the generator matrix of a (7,4) linear code given in example3.1
The corresponding parity-check matrix is
H =
1 0 0 1 0 1 10 1 0 1 1 1 00 0 1 0 1 1 1
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 20 / 83
![Page 96: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/96.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
Consider the generator matrix of a (7,4) linear code given in example3.1
The corresponding parity-check matrix is
H =
1 0 0 1 0 1 10 1 0 1 1 1 00 0 1 0 1 1 1
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 20 / 83
![Page 97: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/97.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
Consider the generator matrix of a (7,4) linear code given in example3.1
The corresponding parity-check matrix is
H =
1 0 0 1 0 1 10 1 0 1 1 1 00 0 1 0 1 1 1
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 20 / 83
![Page 98: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/98.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
Ezample:
Take any code given in table.
v .HT = 0 is
(1 1 0 1 0 0 0).
1 0 00 1 00 0 11 1 00 1 11 1 11 0 1
= 1(1 0 0)+1(0 1 0)+1(1 1 0)=(0 0 0)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 21 / 83
![Page 99: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/99.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
Ezample:
Take any code given in table.
v .HT = 0 is
(1 1 0 1 0 0 0).
1 0 00 1 00 0 11 1 00 1 11 1 11 0 1
= 1(1 0 0)+1(0 1 0)+1(1 1 0)=(0 0 0)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 21 / 83
![Page 100: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/100.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
Summaries
For any (n, k) linear block code C, there exists a k n matrix G whoserow space given C.
There exist an (n - k) n matrix H such that an n-tuple v is a codeword in C if and only if v · HT = 0
If G is of the form given by (4), then H may take formgiven by (7),and vice versa
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 22 / 83
![Page 101: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/101.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
Summaries
For any (n, k) linear block code C, there exists a k n matrix G whoserow space given C.
There exist an (n - k) n matrix H such that an n-tuple v is a codeword in C if and only if v · HT = 0
If G is of the form given by (4), then H may take formgiven by (7),and vice versa
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 22 / 83
![Page 102: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/102.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
Summaries
For any (n, k) linear block code C, there exists a k n matrix G whoserow space given C.
There exist an (n - k) n matrix H such that an n-tuple v is a codeword in C if and only if v · HT = 0
If G is of the form given by (4), then H may take form
given by (7),and vice versa
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 22 / 83
![Page 103: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/103.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
Summaries
For any (n, k) linear block code C, there exists a k n matrix G whoserow space given C.
There exist an (n - k) n matrix H such that an n-tuple v is a codeword in C if and only if v · HT = 0
If G is of the form given by (4), then H may take formgiven by (7),and vice versa
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 22 / 83
![Page 104: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/104.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Parity-Check Matrix
Summaries
For any (n, k) linear block code C, there exists a k n matrix G whoserow space given C.
There exist an (n - k) n matrix H such that an n-tuple v is a codeword in C if and only if v · HT = 0
If G is of the form given by (4), then H may take formgiven by (7),and vice versa
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 22 / 83
![Page 105: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/105.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Encoding Circuit
Based on the equation of (3.6a) and (3.6b), the encoding circuit foran (n, k) linear systematic code can be implemented easily.
The encoding circuit is shown in Fig. 3.2
The complexity of the encoding circuit is linear proportional to theblock length.
The encoding circuit for the (7,4) code given in Table 3.1 is shown inFig 3.3
Denotes a shift register stage (flip-flop)
+
Ui
PijDenotes a connection if Pij=1 andno connection if Pij=0
Denotes a modulo-2 adder
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 23 / 83
![Page 106: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/106.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Encoding Circuit
Based on the equation of (3.6a) and (3.6b), the encoding circuit foran (n, k) linear systematic code can be implemented easily.
The encoding circuit is shown in Fig. 3.2
The complexity of the encoding circuit is linear proportional to theblock length.
The encoding circuit for the (7,4) code given in Table 3.1 is shown inFig 3.3
Denotes a shift register stage (flip-flop)
+
Ui
PijDenotes a connection if Pij=1 andno connection if Pij=0
Denotes a modulo-2 adder
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 23 / 83
![Page 107: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/107.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Encoding Circuit
Based on the equation of (3.6a) and (3.6b), the encoding circuit foran (n, k) linear systematic code can be implemented easily.
The encoding circuit is shown in Fig. 3.2
The complexity of the encoding circuit is linear proportional to theblock length.
The encoding circuit for the (7,4) code given in Table 3.1 is shown inFig 3.3
Denotes a shift register stage (flip-flop)
+
Ui
PijDenotes a connection if Pij=1 andno connection if Pij=0
Denotes a modulo-2 adder
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 23 / 83
![Page 108: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/108.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Encoding Circuit
Based on the equation of (3.6a) and (3.6b), the encoding circuit foran (n, k) linear systematic code can be implemented easily.
The encoding circuit is shown in Fig. 3.2
The complexity of the encoding circuit is linear proportional to theblock length.
The encoding circuit for the (7,4) code given in Table 3.1 is shown inFig 3.3
Denotes a shift register stage (flip-flop)
+
Ui
PijDenotes a connection if Pij=1 andno connection if Pij=0
Denotes a modulo-2 adder
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 23 / 83
![Page 109: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/109.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Encoding Circuit
Based on the equation of (3.6a) and (3.6b), the encoding circuit foran (n, k) linear systematic code can be implemented easily.
The encoding circuit is shown in Fig. 3.2
The complexity of the encoding circuit is linear proportional to theblock length.
The encoding circuit for the (7,4) code given in Table 3.1 is shown inFig 3.3
Denotes a shift register stage (flip-flop)
+
Ui
PijDenotes a connection if Pij=1 andno connection if Pij=0
Denotes a modulo-2 adder
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 23 / 83
![Page 110: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/110.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Encoding Circuit
vn−k+i = ui for 0 ≤ i < kvj = u0p0j + u1p1j + . . . ,+uk−1pk−1,j for 0 ≤ j < n − k
P00 P10Pk-10
+v0
P01 P11Pk-1,1
+v1
P0,n-k-1
+Vn-k
P1,n-k-1
Pk-1,n-k-1
To Channel
u0 u1 Uk-1u0 u1 Uk-1u0 u1 Uk-1
U0 Uk-1U2U1
Input U Message register
To Channel
Parity register
Figure: The encoding circuit for a liner system (n,k) code
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 24 / 83
![Page 111: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/111.jpg)
Introduction to Linear Block Codes Encoding Circuit
The encoding circuit for a liner system (n,k) codev6 = u3, v5 = u2, v4 = u2, v3 = u0,v2 = u1 + u2 + u3, v1 = u0 + u1 + u2,v0 = u0 + u2 + u3
+
U0 U2U1
Input UMessage register
To Channel++
U3
Parity register
vo v1 v2
Figure: The encoding circuit for the (7,4)systematic code
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 25 / 83
![Page 112: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/112.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Syndrome and Error Detection
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 26 / 83
![Page 113: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/113.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a codeword transmitted over a noisychannel.
Let r = (r0, r1, . . . , rn−1) be the received vector.
e = r + v = (e0, e1, . . . , en−1) (9)
ei = 1 for ri 6= vi or ei = 0 for ri = viThe n-tuple e is called the error vector (or error pattern)Received vector r is the vector sum of transmitted codeword and theerror vector
r = v + e
+v
e
r=v+e
The decoder first determine whether r contains errors.If errors are detected, correct errors (FEC) or Request for aretransmission of v (ARQ).
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 27 / 83
![Page 114: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/114.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a codeword transmitted over a noisychannel.Let r = (r0, r1, . . . , rn−1) be the received vector.
e = r + v = (e0, e1, . . . , en−1) (9)
ei = 1 for ri 6= vi or ei = 0 for ri = viThe n-tuple e is called the error vector (or error pattern)Received vector r is the vector sum of transmitted codeword and theerror vector
r = v + e
+v
e
r=v+e
The decoder first determine whether r contains errors.If errors are detected, correct errors (FEC) or Request for aretransmission of v (ARQ).
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 27 / 83
![Page 115: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/115.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a codeword transmitted over a noisychannel.Let r = (r0, r1, . . . , rn−1) be the received vector.
e = r + v = (e0, e1, . . . , en−1) (9)
ei = 1 for ri 6= vi or ei = 0 for ri = vi
The n-tuple e is called the error vector (or error pattern)Received vector r is the vector sum of transmitted codeword and theerror vector
r = v + e
+v
e
r=v+e
The decoder first determine whether r contains errors.If errors are detected, correct errors (FEC) or Request for aretransmission of v (ARQ).
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 27 / 83
![Page 116: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/116.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a codeword transmitted over a noisychannel.Let r = (r0, r1, . . . , rn−1) be the received vector.
e = r + v = (e0, e1, . . . , en−1) (9)
ei = 1 for ri 6= vi or ei = 0 for ri = viThe n-tuple e is called the error vector (or error pattern)
Received vector r is the vector sum of transmitted codeword and theerror vector
r = v + e
+v
e
r=v+e
The decoder first determine whether r contains errors.If errors are detected, correct errors (FEC) or Request for aretransmission of v (ARQ).
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 27 / 83
![Page 117: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/117.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a codeword transmitted over a noisychannel.Let r = (r0, r1, . . . , rn−1) be the received vector.
e = r + v = (e0, e1, . . . , en−1) (9)
ei = 1 for ri 6= vi or ei = 0 for ri = viThe n-tuple e is called the error vector (or error pattern)Received vector r is the vector sum of transmitted codeword and theerror vector
r = v + e
+v
e
r=v+e
The decoder first determine whether r contains errors.
If errors are detected, correct errors (FEC) or Request for aretransmission of v (ARQ).
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 27 / 83
![Page 118: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/118.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a codeword transmitted over a noisychannel.Let r = (r0, r1, . . . , rn−1) be the received vector.
e = r + v = (e0, e1, . . . , en−1) (9)
ei = 1 for ri 6= vi or ei = 0 for ri = viThe n-tuple e is called the error vector (or error pattern)Received vector r is the vector sum of transmitted codeword and theerror vector
r = v + e
+v
e
r=v+e
The decoder first determine whether r contains errors.If errors are detected, correct errors (FEC) or Request for aretransmission of v (ARQ).
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 27 / 83
![Page 119: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/119.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
When r is received, the decoder computes the following (n-k)-tuple:
s = r · HT = (s0, s1, . . . , sn−k−1) (10)
which is called the syndrome of r
s = 0 if and only if r is a code word and receiver accepts r as thetransmitted code word
s 6= 0 if and only if r is not a code word and the presence of errors hasbeen detected
When the error pattern e is identical to a nonzero code word (i.e., rcontain errors but s = r · HT = 0), error patterns of this kind arecalled undetectable error patterns
Since there are 2k−1 nonzero code words, there are 2k−1 undetectableerror patterns
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 28 / 83
![Page 120: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/120.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
When r is received, the decoder computes the following (n-k)-tuple:
s = r · HT = (s0, s1, . . . , sn−k−1) (10)
which is called the syndrome of r
s = 0 if and only if r is a code word and receiver accepts r as thetransmitted code word
s 6= 0 if and only if r is not a code word and the presence of errors hasbeen detected
When the error pattern e is identical to a nonzero code word (i.e., rcontain errors but s = r · HT = 0), error patterns of this kind arecalled undetectable error patterns
Since there are 2k−1 nonzero code words, there are 2k−1 undetectableerror patterns
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 28 / 83
![Page 121: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/121.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
When r is received, the decoder computes the following (n-k)-tuple:
s = r · HT = (s0, s1, . . . , sn−k−1) (10)
which is called the syndrome of r
s = 0 if and only if r is a code word and receiver accepts r as thetransmitted code word
s 6= 0 if and only if r is not a code word and the presence of errors hasbeen detected
When the error pattern e is identical to a nonzero code word (i.e., rcontain errors but s = r · HT = 0), error patterns of this kind arecalled undetectable error patterns
Since there are 2k−1 nonzero code words, there are 2k−1 undetectableerror patterns
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 28 / 83
![Page 122: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/122.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
When r is received, the decoder computes the following (n-k)-tuple:
s = r · HT = (s0, s1, . . . , sn−k−1) (10)
which is called the syndrome of r
s = 0 if and only if r is a code word and receiver accepts r as thetransmitted code word
s 6= 0 if and only if r is not a code word and the presence of errors hasbeen detected
When the error pattern e is identical to a nonzero code word (i.e., rcontain errors but s = r · HT = 0), error patterns of this kind arecalled undetectable error patterns
Since there are 2k−1 nonzero code words, there are 2k−1 undetectableerror patterns
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 28 / 83
![Page 123: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/123.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
When r is received, the decoder computes the following (n-k)-tuple:
s = r · HT = (s0, s1, . . . , sn−k−1) (10)
which is called the syndrome of r
s = 0 if and only if r is a code word and receiver accepts r as thetransmitted code word
s 6= 0 if and only if r is not a code word and the presence of errors hasbeen detected
When the error pattern e is identical to a nonzero code word (i.e., rcontain errors but s = r · HT = 0), error patterns of this kind arecalled undetectable error patterns
Since there are 2k−1 nonzero code words, there are 2k−1 undetectableerror patterns
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 28 / 83
![Page 124: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/124.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
S = (r0, r1, . . . , rn−1).HT =
1 0 0 . . . 00 1 0 . . . 00 0 1 . . . 0...0 0 0 . . . 1
p00 p01 p02 . . . p0,n−k−1p10 p11 p12 . . . p1,n−k−1
...pk−1,0 pk−1,1 pk−1,2 . . . pk−1,n−k−1
Based on Equation 10, the syndrome digits are as follows:
s0 = r0 + rn−kp00 + rn−k+1p10 + . . . + rn−1pk−1,0s1 = r1 + rn−kp01 + rn−k+1p11 + . . . + rn−1pk−1,1
sn−k−1 = rn−k−1 + rn−kp0,n−k−1 . . . + rn−1pk−1,n−k−1 (11)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 29 / 83
![Page 125: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/125.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
S = (r0, r1, . . . , rn−1).HT =
1 0 0 . . . 00 1 0 . . . 00 0 1 . . . 0...0 0 0 . . . 1
p00 p01 p02 . . . p0,n−k−1p10 p11 p12 . . . p1,n−k−1
...pk−1,0 pk−1,1 pk−1,2 . . . pk−1,n−k−1
Based on Equation 10, the syndrome digits are as follows:
s0 = r0 + rn−kp00 + rn−k+1p10 + . . . + rn−1pk−1,0s1 = r1 + rn−kp01 + rn−k+1p11 + . . . + rn−1pk−1,1
sn−k−1 = rn−k−1 + rn−kp0,n−k−1 . . . + rn−1pk−1,n−k−1 (11)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 29 / 83
![Page 126: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/126.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
The syndrome s is the vector sum of the received parity digits
(r0, r1, . . . , rn−k−1) and the parity-check digits recomputed from thereceived information digits (rn−k , rn−k+1 . . . , rn1)
A general syndrome circuit is shown in Fig. 5
P00 P10Pk-1,0
+
s0
P01 P11Pk-1,1
+
s1
P0,n-k-1
+
sn-k-1
P1,n-k-1
Pk-1,n-k-1
r0 rn-1r2r1r
rn-k rn-k+j rn-1r1rn-k rn-k+j rn-1r0rn-k-1
rn-k rn-k+1rn-1
Figure: Syndrome circuit for a liner system (n,k) code
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 30 / 83
![Page 127: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/127.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
The syndrome s is the vector sum of the received parity digits(r0, r1, . . . , rn−k−1) and the parity-check digits recomputed from thereceived information digits (rn−k , rn−k+1 . . . , rn1)
A general syndrome circuit is shown in Fig. 5
P00 P10Pk-1,0
+
s0
P01 P11Pk-1,1
+
s1
P0,n-k-1
+
sn-k-1
P1,n-k-1
Pk-1,n-k-1
r0 rn-1r2r1r
rn-k rn-k+j rn-1r1rn-k rn-k+j rn-1r0rn-k-1
rn-k rn-k+1rn-1
Figure: Syndrome circuit for a liner system (n,k) code
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 30 / 83
![Page 128: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/128.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Example 3.4
The parity-check matrix is given in example 3.3
Let r = (r0, r1, r2, r3, r4, r5, r6) be the received vector
The syndrome is given by
S = (s0, s1, s2) = (r0, r1, r2, r3, r4, r5, r6) ·
1 0 00 1 00 0 11 1 00 1 11 1 11 0 1
s0 = r0 + r3 + r5 + r6
s1 = r1 + r3 + r4 + r5
s2 = r2 + r4 + r5 + r6
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 31 / 83
![Page 129: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/129.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Example 3.4
The parity-check matrix is given in example 3.3
Let r = (r0, r1, r2, r3, r4, r5, r6) be the received vector
The syndrome is given by
S = (s0, s1, s2) = (r0, r1, r2, r3, r4, r5, r6) ·
1 0 00 1 00 0 11 1 00 1 11 1 11 0 1
s0 = r0 + r3 + r5 + r6
s1 = r1 + r3 + r4 + r5
s2 = r2 + r4 + r5 + r6
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 31 / 83
![Page 130: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/130.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Example 3.4
The parity-check matrix is given in example 3.3
Let r = (r0, r1, r2, r3, r4, r5, r6) be the received vector
The syndrome is given by
S = (s0, s1, s2) = (r0, r1, r2, r3, r4, r5, r6) ·
1 0 00 1 00 0 11 1 00 1 11 1 11 0 1
s0 = r0 + r3 + r5 + r6
s1 = r1 + r3 + r4 + r5
s2 = r2 + r4 + r5 + r6
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 31 / 83
![Page 131: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/131.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Example 3.4
The parity-check matrix is given in example 3.3
Let r = (r0, r1, r2, r3, r4, r5, r6) be the received vector
The syndrome is given by
S = (s0, s1, s2) = (r0, r1, r2, r3, r4, r5, r6) ·
1 0 00 1 00 0 11 1 00 1 11 1 11 0 1
s0 = r0 + r3 + r5 + r6
s1 = r1 + r3 + r4 + r5
s2 = r2 + r4 + r5 + r6
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 31 / 83
![Page 132: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/132.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
s0 = r0 + r3 + r5 + r6
s1 = r1 + r3 + r4 + r5
s2 = r2 + r4 + r5 + r6
The syndrome circuit for this code is shown below
+
s0 +
s1
+
s3
r0 r2r1 r6r5r4r3
r
Figure: Syndrome circuit for a liner system (n,k) code
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 32 / 83
![Page 133: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/133.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Since r is the vector sum of v and e, it follows from (3.10) that
s = r .HT = (v + e).HT = v .HT + e.HT
v .HT = 0
The relation between the syndrome and the error pattern is:
s = e.HT (12)
If the parity-check matrix H is expressed in the systematic form asgiven by (3.7), multiplying out e.HT yield the following linearrelationship between the syndrome digits and the error digits:
s0 = e0 + en−kp00 + en−k+1p10 + . . . + en−1pk−1,0s1 = e1 + en−kp01 + en−k+1p11 + . . . + en−1pk−1,1
sn−k−1 = en−k−1 + en−kp0,n−k−1 . . . + en−1pk−1,n−k−1 (13)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 33 / 83
![Page 134: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/134.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Since r is the vector sum of v and e, it follows from (3.10) that
s = r .HT = (v + e).HT = v .HT + e.HT
v .HT = 0
The relation between the syndrome and the error pattern is:
s = e.HT (12)
If the parity-check matrix H is expressed in the systematic form asgiven by (3.7), multiplying out e.HT yield the following linearrelationship between the syndrome digits and the error digits:
s0 = e0 + en−kp00 + en−k+1p10 + . . . + en−1pk−1,0s1 = e1 + en−kp01 + en−k+1p11 + . . . + en−1pk−1,1
sn−k−1 = en−k−1 + en−kp0,n−k−1 . . . + en−1pk−1,n−k−1 (13)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 33 / 83
![Page 135: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/135.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Since r is the vector sum of v and e, it follows from (3.10) that
s = r .HT = (v + e).HT = v .HT + e.HT
v .HT = 0
The relation between the syndrome and the error pattern is:
s = e.HT (12)
If the parity-check matrix H is expressed in the systematic form asgiven by (3.7), multiplying out e.HT yield the following linearrelationship between the syndrome digits and the error digits:
s0 = e0 + en−kp00 + en−k+1p10 + . . . + en−1pk−1,0s1 = e1 + en−kp01 + en−k+1p11 + . . . + en−1pk−1,1
sn−k−1 = en−k−1 + en−kp0,n−k−1 . . . + en−1pk−1,n−k−1 (13)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 33 / 83
![Page 136: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/136.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Since r is the vector sum of v and e, it follows from (3.10) that
s = r .HT = (v + e).HT = v .HT + e.HT
v .HT = 0
The relation between the syndrome and the error pattern is:
s = e.HT (12)
If the parity-check matrix H is expressed in the systematic form asgiven by (3.7), multiplying out e.HT yield the following linearrelationship between the syndrome digits and the error digits:
s0 = e0 + en−kp00 + en−k+1p10 + . . . + en−1pk−1,0s1 = e1 + en−kp01 + en−k+1p11 + . . . + en−1pk−1,1
sn−k−1 = en−k−1 + en−kp0,n−k−1 . . . + en−1pk−1,n−k−1 (13)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 33 / 83
![Page 137: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/137.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Since r is the vector sum of v and e, it follows from (3.10) that
s = r .HT = (v + e).HT = v .HT + e.HT
v .HT = 0
The relation between the syndrome and the error pattern is:
s = e.HT (12)
If the parity-check matrix H is expressed in the systematic form asgiven by (3.7), multiplying out e.HT yield the following linearrelationship between the syndrome digits and the error digits:
s0 = e0 + en−kp00 + en−k+1p10 + . . . + en−1pk−1,0s1 = e1 + en−kp01 + en−k+1p11 + . . . + en−1pk−1,1
sn−k−1 = en−k−1 + en−kp0,n−k−1 . . . + en−1pk−1,n−k−1 (13)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 33 / 83
![Page 138: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/138.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Since r is the vector sum of v and e, it follows from (3.10) that
s = r .HT = (v + e).HT = v .HT + e.HT
v .HT = 0
The relation between the syndrome and the error pattern is:
s = e.HT (12)
If the parity-check matrix H is expressed in the systematic form asgiven by (3.7), multiplying out e.HT yield the following linearrelationship between the syndrome digits and the error digits:
s0 = e0 + en−kp00 + en−k+1p10 + . . . + en−1pk−1,0s1 = e1 + en−kp01 + en−k+1p11 + . . . + en−1pk−1,1
sn−k−1 = en−k−1 + en−kp0,n−k−1 . . . + en−1pk−1,n−k−1 (13)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 33 / 83
![Page 139: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/139.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
The syndrome digits are linear combinations of the error digits
The syndrome digits can be used for error correction
Because the n-k linear equations of (3.13) do not have a uniquesolution but have 2k solutions
There are 2k error pattern that result in the same syndrome, and thetrue error pattern e is one of them
The decoder has to determine the true error vector from a set of 2k
candidates
To minimize the probability of a decoding error, the most probableerror pattern that satisfies the equations of (3.13) is chosen as thetrue error vector
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 34 / 83
![Page 140: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/140.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
The syndrome digits are linear combinations of the error digits
The syndrome digits can be used for error correction
Because the n-k linear equations of (3.13) do not have a uniquesolution but have 2k solutions
There are 2k error pattern that result in the same syndrome, and thetrue error pattern e is one of them
The decoder has to determine the true error vector from a set of 2k
candidates
To minimize the probability of a decoding error, the most probableerror pattern that satisfies the equations of (3.13) is chosen as thetrue error vector
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 34 / 83
![Page 141: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/141.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
The syndrome digits are linear combinations of the error digits
The syndrome digits can be used for error correction
Because the n-k linear equations of (3.13) do not have a uniquesolution but have 2k solutions
There are 2k error pattern that result in the same syndrome, and thetrue error pattern e is one of them
The decoder has to determine the true error vector from a set of 2k
candidates
To minimize the probability of a decoding error, the most probableerror pattern that satisfies the equations of (3.13) is chosen as thetrue error vector
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 34 / 83
![Page 142: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/142.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
The syndrome digits are linear combinations of the error digits
The syndrome digits can be used for error correction
Because the n-k linear equations of (3.13) do not have a uniquesolution but have 2k solutions
There are 2k error pattern that result in the same syndrome, and thetrue error pattern e is one of them
The decoder has to determine the true error vector from a set of 2k
candidates
To minimize the probability of a decoding error, the most probableerror pattern that satisfies the equations of (3.13) is chosen as thetrue error vector
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 34 / 83
![Page 143: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/143.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
The syndrome digits are linear combinations of the error digits
The syndrome digits can be used for error correction
Because the n-k linear equations of (3.13) do not have a uniquesolution but have 2k solutions
There are 2k error pattern that result in the same syndrome, and thetrue error pattern e is one of them
The decoder has to determine the true error vector from a set of 2k
candidates
To minimize the probability of a decoding error, the most probableerror pattern that satisfies the equations of (3.13) is chosen as thetrue error vector
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 34 / 83
![Page 144: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/144.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
The syndrome digits are linear combinations of the error digits
The syndrome digits can be used for error correction
Because the n-k linear equations of (3.13) do not have a uniquesolution but have 2k solutions
There are 2k error pattern that result in the same syndrome, and thetrue error pattern e is one of them
The decoder has to determine the true error vector from a set of 2k
candidates
To minimize the probability of a decoding error, the most probableerror pattern that satisfies the equations of (3.13) is chosen as thetrue error vector
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 34 / 83
![Page 145: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/145.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Consider the code C(5,2) with the parity check matrix
H =
1 0 0 1 10 1 0 1 10 0 1 1 0
Let v=(0 0 1 1 1) be the transmitted codeword over BSC andr=(1 0 1 1 1) be received vector.
The problem is to find the digits of an error patterne = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4) Compute the syndrome S = (s0, s1, s2) ofr=(1 0 1 1 1)
s = r .HT = (1 0 1 1 1)
1 0 00 1 00 0 11 1 11 1 0
= (1 0 0)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 35 / 83
![Page 146: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/146.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Consider the code C(5,2) with the parity check matrix
H =
1 0 0 1 10 1 0 1 10 0 1 1 0
Let v=(0 0 1 1 1) be the transmitted codeword over BSC andr=(1 0 1 1 1) be received vector.
The problem is to find the digits of an error patterne = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4) Compute the syndrome S = (s0, s1, s2) ofr=(1 0 1 1 1)
s = r .HT = (1 0 1 1 1)
1 0 00 1 00 0 11 1 11 1 0
= (1 0 0)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 35 / 83
![Page 147: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/147.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Consider the code C(5,2) with the parity check matrix
H =
1 0 0 1 10 1 0 1 10 0 1 1 0
Let v=(0 0 1 1 1) be the transmitted codeword over BSC andr=(1 0 1 1 1) be received vector.
The problem is to find the digits of an error patterne = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4) Compute the syndrome S = (s0, s1, s2) ofr=(1 0 1 1 1)
s = r .HT = (1 0 1 1 1)
1 0 00 1 00 0 11 1 11 1 0
= (1 0 0)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 35 / 83
![Page 148: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/148.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Consider the code C(5,2) with the parity check matrix
H =
1 0 0 1 10 1 0 1 10 0 1 1 0
Let v=(0 0 1 1 1) be the transmitted codeword over BSC andr=(1 0 1 1 1) be received vector.
The problem is to find the digits of an error patterne = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4) Compute the syndrome S = (s0, s1, s2) ofr=(1 0 1 1 1)
s = r .HT = (1 0 1 1 1)
1 0 00 1 00 0 11 1 11 1 0
= (1 0 0)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 35 / 83
![Page 149: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/149.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Consider the code C(5,2) with the parity check matrix
H =
1 0 0 1 10 1 0 1 10 0 1 1 0
Let v=(0 0 1 1 1) be the transmitted codeword over BSC andr=(1 0 1 1 1) be received vector.
The problem is to find the digits of an error patterne = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4) Compute the syndrome S = (s0, s1, s2) ofr=(1 0 1 1 1)
s = r .HT = (1 0 1 1 1)
1 0 00 1 00 0 11 1 11 1 0
= (1 0 0)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 35 / 83
![Page 150: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/150.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Consider the code C(5,2) with the parity check matrix
H =
1 0 0 1 10 1 0 1 10 0 1 1 0
Let v=(0 0 1 1 1) be the transmitted codeword over BSC andr=(1 0 1 1 1) be received vector.
The problem is to find the digits of an error patterne = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4) Compute the syndrome S = (s0, s1, s2) ofr=(1 0 1 1 1)
s = r .HT = (1 0 1 1 1)
1 0 00 1 00 0 11 1 11 1 0
= (1 0 0)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 35 / 83
![Page 151: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/151.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Solve the system for e = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4) with s=(1 0 0) as
H.eT = sT ⇒
1 0 0 1 10 1 0 1 10 0 1 1 0
e0e1e2e3e4
=
100
e0 + e3 + e4 = 1
e1 + e3 + e4 = 0
e2 + e3 = 0
There are 22 = 4 error patterns that satisfy the above systemdepending on e3e4=00 or 01 or 10 or 11, they are (1 0 0 0 0),(0 1 0 0 1), (0 1 1 1 0),(1 0 1 1 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 36 / 83
![Page 152: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/152.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Solve the system for e = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4) with s=(1 0 0) as
H.eT = sT ⇒
1 0 0 1 10 1 0 1 10 0 1 1 0
e0e1e2e3e4
=
100
e0 + e3 + e4 = 1
e1 + e3 + e4 = 0
e2 + e3 = 0
There are 22 = 4 error patterns that satisfy the above systemdepending on e3e4=00 or 01 or 10 or 11, they are (1 0 0 0 0),(0 1 0 0 1), (0 1 1 1 0),(1 0 1 1 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 36 / 83
![Page 153: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/153.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Solve the system for e = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4) with s=(1 0 0) as
H.eT = sT ⇒
1 0 0 1 10 1 0 1 10 0 1 1 0
e0e1e2e3e4
=
100
e0 + e3 + e4 = 1
e1 + e3 + e4 = 0
e2 + e3 = 0
There are 22 = 4 error patterns that satisfy the above systemdepending on e3e4=00 or 01 or 10 or 11, they are (1 0 0 0 0),(0 1 0 0 1), (0 1 1 1 0),(1 0 1 1 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 36 / 83
![Page 154: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/154.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Solve the system for e = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4) with s=(1 0 0) as
H.eT = sT ⇒
1 0 0 1 10 1 0 1 10 0 1 1 0
e0e1e2e3e4
=
100
e0 + e3 + e4 = 1
e1 + e3 + e4 = 0
e2 + e3 = 0
There are 22 = 4 error patterns that satisfy the above systemdepending on e3e4=00 or 01 or 10 or 11, they are (1 0 0 0 0),(0 1 0 0 1), (0 1 1 1 0),(1 0 1 1 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 36 / 83
![Page 155: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/155.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Solve the system for e = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4) with s=(1 0 0) as
H.eT = sT ⇒
1 0 0 1 10 1 0 1 10 0 1 1 0
e0e1e2e3e4
=
100
e0 + e3 + e4 = 1
e1 + e3 + e4 = 0
e2 + e3 = 0
There are 22 = 4 error patterns that satisfy the above systemdepending on e3e4=00 or 01 or 10 or 11, they are (1 0 0 0 0),(0 1 0 0 1), (0 1 1 1 0),(1 0 1 1 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 36 / 83
![Page 156: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/156.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Now, since the channel is Binary Symmetric Channel (BSC), Thenthe most probable error pattern that satisfies the system above ise=(1 0 0 0 0) which has the smallest number of nonzero digits.The receiver decodes the received word r=(1 0 1 1 1) into thefollowing codeword v*=r+e=(1 0 1 1 1)+(1 0 0 0 0)=(0 0 1 1 1)
We see that the receiver has made a correct decoding.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 37 / 83
![Page 157: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/157.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
Now, since the channel is Binary Symmetric Channel (BSC), Thenthe most probable error pattern that satisfies the system above ise=(1 0 0 0 0) which has the smallest number of nonzero digits.The receiver decodes the received word r=(1 0 1 1 1) into thefollowing codeword v*=r+e=(1 0 1 1 1)+(1 0 0 0 0)=(0 0 1 1 1)We see that the receiver has made a correct decoding.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 37 / 83
![Page 158: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/158.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
We consider the (7,4) code whose parity-check matrix is given inexample 3.3
Let v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) be the transmitted code word
Let r = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) be the received vector
The receiver computes the syndrome
s = r .HT = (1 1 1)
The receiver attempts to determine the true errorvectore = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4, e5, e6), which yields the syndrome above
1 = e0 + e3 + e5 + e6
1 = e1 + e3 + e4 + e5
1 = e2 + e4 + e5 + e6
There are 24 = 16 error patterns that satisfy the equations above.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 38 / 83
![Page 159: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/159.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
We consider the (7,4) code whose parity-check matrix is given inexample 3.3
Let v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) be the transmitted code word
Let r = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) be the received vector
The receiver computes the syndrome
s = r .HT = (1 1 1)
The receiver attempts to determine the true errorvectore = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4, e5, e6), which yields the syndrome above
1 = e0 + e3 + e5 + e6
1 = e1 + e3 + e4 + e5
1 = e2 + e4 + e5 + e6
There are 24 = 16 error patterns that satisfy the equations above.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 38 / 83
![Page 160: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/160.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
We consider the (7,4) code whose parity-check matrix is given inexample 3.3
Let v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) be the transmitted code word
Let r = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) be the received vector
The receiver computes the syndrome
s = r .HT = (1 1 1)
The receiver attempts to determine the true errorvectore = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4, e5, e6), which yields the syndrome above
1 = e0 + e3 + e5 + e6
1 = e1 + e3 + e4 + e5
1 = e2 + e4 + e5 + e6
There are 24 = 16 error patterns that satisfy the equations above.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 38 / 83
![Page 161: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/161.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
We consider the (7,4) code whose parity-check matrix is given inexample 3.3
Let v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) be the transmitted code word
Let r = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) be the received vector
The receiver computes the syndrome
s = r .HT = (1 1 1)
The receiver attempts to determine the true errorvectore = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4, e5, e6), which yields the syndrome above
1 = e0 + e3 + e5 + e6
1 = e1 + e3 + e4 + e5
1 = e2 + e4 + e5 + e6
There are 24 = 16 error patterns that satisfy the equations above.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 38 / 83
![Page 162: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/162.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
We consider the (7,4) code whose parity-check matrix is given inexample 3.3
Let v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) be the transmitted code word
Let r = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) be the received vector
The receiver computes the syndrome
s = r .HT = (1 1 1)
The receiver attempts to determine the true errorvectore = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4, e5, e6), which yields the syndrome above
1 = e0 + e3 + e5 + e6
1 = e1 + e3 + e4 + e5
1 = e2 + e4 + e5 + e6
There are 24 = 16 error patterns that satisfy the equations above.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 38 / 83
![Page 163: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/163.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
We consider the (7,4) code whose parity-check matrix is given inexample 3.3
Let v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) be the transmitted code word
Let r = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) be the received vector
The receiver computes the syndrome
s = r .HT = (1 1 1)
The receiver attempts to determine the true errorvector
e = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4, e5, e6), which yields the syndrome above
1 = e0 + e3 + e5 + e6
1 = e1 + e3 + e4 + e5
1 = e2 + e4 + e5 + e6
There are 24 = 16 error patterns that satisfy the equations above.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 38 / 83
![Page 164: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/164.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
We consider the (7,4) code whose parity-check matrix is given inexample 3.3
Let v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) be the transmitted code word
Let r = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) be the received vector
The receiver computes the syndrome
s = r .HT = (1 1 1)
The receiver attempts to determine the true errorvectore = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4, e5, e6), which yields the syndrome above
1 = e0 + e3 + e5 + e6
1 = e1 + e3 + e4 + e5
1 = e2 + e4 + e5 + e6
There are 24 = 16 error patterns that satisfy the equations above.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 38 / 83
![Page 165: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/165.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
We consider the (7,4) code whose parity-check matrix is given inexample 3.3
Let v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) be the transmitted code word
Let r = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) be the received vector
The receiver computes the syndrome
s = r .HT = (1 1 1)
The receiver attempts to determine the true errorvectore = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4, e5, e6), which yields the syndrome above
1 = e0 + e3 + e5 + e6
1 = e1 + e3 + e4 + e5
1 = e2 + e4 + e5 + e6
There are 24 = 16 error patterns that satisfy the equations above.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 38 / 83
![Page 166: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/166.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
We consider the (7,4) code whose parity-check matrix is given inexample 3.3
Let v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) be the transmitted code word
Let r = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) be the received vector
The receiver computes the syndrome
s = r .HT = (1 1 1)
The receiver attempts to determine the true errorvectore = (e0, e1, e2, e3, e4, e5, e6), which yields the syndrome above
1 = e0 + e3 + e5 + e6
1 = e1 + e3 + e4 + e5
1 = e2 + e4 + e5 + e6
There are 24 = 16 error patterns that satisfy the equations above.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 38 / 83
![Page 167: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/167.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
(0000010),(1101010),(0110110),(1011110),(1110000),(0011000),(1000100),(0101100),(1010011),(0111011),(1100111),(0001111),(0100001),(1001001),(0010101),(1111101)
The error vector e = (0 0 0 0 0 1 0) has the smallest number ofnonzero components
If the channel is a Binary Symmetric Channel (BSC), e = (0 0 0 0 0 10) is the most probable error vector that satisfies the equation above
Taking e = (0 0 0 0 0 1 0) as the true error vector, the receiverdecodes the received vector r = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) into the followingcode word
v* = r + e = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) + (0 0 0 0 0 1 0)= (1 0 0 1 0 1 1)
where v* is the actual transmitted code word
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 39 / 83
![Page 168: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/168.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
(0000010),(1101010),(0110110),(1011110),(1110000),(0011000),(1000100),(0101100),(1010011),(0111011),(1100111),(0001111),(0100001),(1001001),(0010101),(1111101)
The error vector e = (0 0 0 0 0 1 0) has the smallest number ofnonzero components
If the channel is a Binary Symmetric Channel (BSC), e = (0 0 0 0 0 10) is the most probable error vector that satisfies the equation above
Taking e = (0 0 0 0 0 1 0) as the true error vector, the receiverdecodes the received vector r = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) into the followingcode word
v* = r + e = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) + (0 0 0 0 0 1 0)= (1 0 0 1 0 1 1)
where v* is the actual transmitted code word
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 39 / 83
![Page 169: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/169.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
(0000010),(1101010),(0110110),(1011110),(1110000),(0011000),(1000100),(0101100),(1010011),(0111011),(1100111),(0001111),(0100001),(1001001),(0010101),(1111101)
The error vector e = (0 0 0 0 0 1 0) has the smallest number ofnonzero components
If the channel is a Binary Symmetric Channel (BSC), e = (0 0 0 0 0 10) is the most probable error vector that satisfies the equation above
Taking e = (0 0 0 0 0 1 0) as the true error vector, the receiverdecodes the received vector r = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) into the followingcode word
v* = r + e = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) + (0 0 0 0 0 1 0)= (1 0 0 1 0 1 1)
where v* is the actual transmitted code word
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 39 / 83
![Page 170: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/170.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
(0000010),(1101010),(0110110),(1011110),(1110000),(0011000),(1000100),(0101100),(1010011),(0111011),(1100111),(0001111),(0100001),(1001001),(0010101),(1111101)
The error vector e = (0 0 0 0 0 1 0) has the smallest number ofnonzero components
If the channel is a Binary Symmetric Channel (BSC), e = (0 0 0 0 0 10) is the most probable error vector that satisfies the equation above
Taking e = (0 0 0 0 0 1 0) as the true error vector, the receiverdecodes the received vector r = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) into the followingcode word
v* = r + e = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) + (0 0 0 0 0 1 0)= (1 0 0 1 0 1 1)
where v* is the actual transmitted code word
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 39 / 83
![Page 171: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/171.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
(0000010),(1101010),(0110110),(1011110),(1110000),(0011000),(1000100),(0101100),(1010011),(0111011),(1100111),(0001111),(0100001),(1001001),(0010101),(1111101)
The error vector e = (0 0 0 0 0 1 0) has the smallest number ofnonzero components
If the channel is a Binary Symmetric Channel (BSC), e = (0 0 0 0 0 10) is the most probable error vector that satisfies the equation above
Taking e = (0 0 0 0 0 1 0) as the true error vector, the receiverdecodes the received vector r = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) into the followingcode word
v* = r + e = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) + (0 0 0 0 0 1 0)
= (1 0 0 1 0 1 1)
where v* is the actual transmitted code word
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 39 / 83
![Page 172: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/172.jpg)
Syndrome and Error Detection Syndrome and Error Detection
(0000010),(1101010),(0110110),(1011110),(1110000),(0011000),(1000100),(0101100),(1010011),(0111011),(1100111),(0001111),(0100001),(1001001),(0010101),(1111101)
The error vector e = (0 0 0 0 0 1 0) has the smallest number ofnonzero components
If the channel is a Binary Symmetric Channel (BSC), e = (0 0 0 0 0 10) is the most probable error vector that satisfies the equation above
Taking e = (0 0 0 0 0 1 0) as the true error vector, the receiverdecodes the received vector r = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) into the followingcode word
v* = r + e = (1 0 0 1 0 0 1) + (0 0 0 0 0 1 0)= (1 0 0 1 0 1 1)
where v* is the actual transmitted code word
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 39 / 83
![Page 173: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/173.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 40 / 83
![Page 174: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/174.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Let v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a binary n-tuple, the Hamming weight(or simply weight) of v, denoted by w(v), is defined as the number ofnonzero components of v.
For example, the Hamming weight of v = (1 0 0 0 1 1 0) is 3.
Let v and w be two n-tuple, the Hamming distance between v and w,denoted d(v ,w), is defined as the number of places where they differ.
For example, the Hamming distance between v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) andw = (0 1 0 0 0 1 1) is 3
The Hamming distance is a metric function that satisfied the triangleinequality.
d(v ,w) + d(w , x) ≥ d(v , x) (3.14) (14)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 41 / 83
![Page 175: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/175.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Let v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a binary n-tuple, the Hamming weight(or simply weight) of v, denoted by w(v), is defined as the number ofnonzero components of v.
For example, the Hamming weight of v = (1 0 0 0 1 1 0) is 3.
Let v and w be two n-tuple, the Hamming distance between v and w,denoted d(v ,w), is defined as the number of places where they differ.
For example, the Hamming distance between v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) andw = (0 1 0 0 0 1 1) is 3
The Hamming distance is a metric function that satisfied the triangleinequality.
d(v ,w) + d(w , x) ≥ d(v , x) (3.14) (14)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 41 / 83
![Page 176: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/176.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Let v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a binary n-tuple, the Hamming weight(or simply weight) of v, denoted by w(v), is defined as the number ofnonzero components of v.
For example, the Hamming weight of v = (1 0 0 0 1 1 0) is 3.
Let v and w be two n-tuple, the Hamming distance between v and w,denoted d(v ,w), is defined as the number of places where they differ.
For example, the Hamming distance between v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) andw = (0 1 0 0 0 1 1) is 3
The Hamming distance is a metric function that satisfied the triangleinequality.
d(v ,w) + d(w , x) ≥ d(v , x) (3.14) (14)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 41 / 83
![Page 177: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/177.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Let v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a binary n-tuple, the Hamming weight(or simply weight) of v, denoted by w(v), is defined as the number ofnonzero components of v.
For example, the Hamming weight of v = (1 0 0 0 1 1 0) is 3.
Let v and w be two n-tuple, the Hamming distance between v and w,denoted d(v ,w), is defined as the number of places where they differ.
For example, the Hamming distance between v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) andw = (0 1 0 0 0 1 1) is 3
The Hamming distance is a metric function that satisfied the triangleinequality.
d(v ,w) + d(w , x) ≥ d(v , x) (3.14) (14)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 41 / 83
![Page 178: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/178.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Let v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a binary n-tuple, the Hamming weight(or simply weight) of v, denoted by w(v), is defined as the number ofnonzero components of v.
For example, the Hamming weight of v = (1 0 0 0 1 1 0) is 3.
Let v and w be two n-tuple, the Hamming distance between v and w,denoted d(v ,w), is defined as the number of places where they differ.
For example, the Hamming distance between v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) andw = (0 1 0 0 0 1 1) is 3
The Hamming distance is a metric function that satisfied the triangleinequality.
d(v ,w) + d(w , x) ≥ d(v , x) (3.14) (14)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 41 / 83
![Page 179: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/179.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Let v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a binary n-tuple, the Hamming weight(or simply weight) of v, denoted by w(v), is defined as the number ofnonzero components of v.
For example, the Hamming weight of v = (1 0 0 0 1 1 0) is 3.
Let v and w be two n-tuple, the Hamming distance between v and w,denoted d(v ,w), is defined as the number of places where they differ.
For example, the Hamming distance between v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) andw = (0 1 0 0 0 1 1) is 3
The Hamming distance is a metric function that satisfied the triangleinequality.
d(v ,w) + d(w , x) ≥ d(v , x) (3.14) (14)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 41 / 83
![Page 180: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/180.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
From the definition of Hamming distance and the definition ofmodule-2 addition that the Hamming distance between two n-tuple, vand w, is equal to the Hamming weight of the sum of v and w, that is.
d(v ,w) = w(v + w) (3.15) (15)
For example, the Hamming distance between v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) andw = (1 1 1 0 0 1 0) is 4 and the weight of v + w = (0 1 1 1 0 0 1) isalso 4.
Given, a block code C, the minimum distance of C, denoted dmin, isdefined as
dmin = min{d(v ,w) : v ,w ∈ C , v 6= w} (3.16) (16)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 42 / 83
![Page 181: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/181.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
From the definition of Hamming distance and the definition ofmodule-2 addition that the Hamming distance between two n-tuple, vand w, is equal to the Hamming weight of the sum of v and w, that is.
d(v ,w) = w(v + w) (3.15) (15)
For example, the Hamming distance between v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) andw = (1 1 1 0 0 1 0) is 4 and the weight of v + w = (0 1 1 1 0 0 1) isalso 4.
Given, a block code C, the minimum distance of C, denoted dmin, isdefined as
dmin = min{d(v ,w) : v ,w ∈ C , v 6= w} (3.16) (16)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 42 / 83
![Page 182: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/182.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
From the definition of Hamming distance and the definition ofmodule-2 addition that the Hamming distance between two n-tuple, vand w, is equal to the Hamming weight of the sum of v and w, that is.
d(v ,w) = w(v + w) (3.15) (15)
For example, the Hamming distance between v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) andw = (1 1 1 0 0 1 0) is 4 and the weight of v + w = (0 1 1 1 0 0 1) isalso 4.
Given, a block code C, the minimum distance of C, denoted dmin, isdefined as
dmin = min{d(v ,w) : v ,w ∈ C , v 6= w} (3.16) (16)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 42 / 83
![Page 183: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/183.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
From the definition of Hamming distance and the definition ofmodule-2 addition that the Hamming distance between two n-tuple, vand w, is equal to the Hamming weight of the sum of v and w, that is.
d(v ,w) = w(v + w) (3.15) (15)
For example, the Hamming distance between v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) andw = (1 1 1 0 0 1 0) is 4 and the weight of v + w = (0 1 1 1 0 0 1) isalso 4.
Given, a block code C, the minimum distance of C, denoted dmin, isdefined as
dmin = min{d(v ,w) : v ,w ∈ C , v 6= w} (3.16) (16)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 42 / 83
![Page 184: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/184.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
From the definition of Hamming distance and the definition ofmodule-2 addition that the Hamming distance between two n-tuple, vand w, is equal to the Hamming weight of the sum of v and w, that is.
d(v ,w) = w(v + w) (3.15) (15)
For example, the Hamming distance between v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) andw = (1 1 1 0 0 1 0) is 4 and the weight of v + w = (0 1 1 1 0 0 1) isalso 4.
Given, a block code C, the minimum distance of C, denoted dmin, isdefined as
dmin = min{d(v ,w) : v ,w ∈ C , v 6= w} (3.16) (16)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 42 / 83
![Page 185: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/185.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
If C is a linear block, the sum of two vectors is also a code vector.
From (3.15) that the Hamming distance between two code vectors inC is equal to the Hamming weight of a third code vector in C.
dmin = min{w(v + w) : v ,w ∈ C , v 6= w}= min{w(x) : x ∈ C , x 6= 0} (3.17)
≡ wmin
The parameter wmin ≡ {w(x) : x ∈ C , x 6= 0} is called the minimumweight of the linear code C.
Theorem 3.1
The minimum distance of a linear block code is equal to theminimum weight of its nonzero code words.
The (7,4) code has minimum weight of 3.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 43 / 83
![Page 186: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/186.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
If C is a linear block, the sum of two vectors is also a code vector.
From (3.15) that the Hamming distance between two code vectors inC is equal to the Hamming weight of a third code vector in C.
dmin = min{w(v + w) : v ,w ∈ C , v 6= w}= min{w(x) : x ∈ C , x 6= 0} (3.17)
≡ wmin
The parameter wmin ≡ {w(x) : x ∈ C , x 6= 0} is called the minimumweight of the linear code C.
Theorem 3.1
The minimum distance of a linear block code is equal to theminimum weight of its nonzero code words.
The (7,4) code has minimum weight of 3.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 43 / 83
![Page 187: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/187.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
If C is a linear block, the sum of two vectors is also a code vector.
From (3.15) that the Hamming distance between two code vectors inC is equal to the Hamming weight of a third code vector in C.
dmin = min{w(v + w) : v ,w ∈ C , v 6= w}= min{w(x) : x ∈ C , x 6= 0} (3.17)
≡ wmin
The parameter wmin ≡ {w(x) : x ∈ C , x 6= 0} is called the minimumweight of the linear code C.
Theorem 3.1
The minimum distance of a linear block code is equal to theminimum weight of its nonzero code words.
The (7,4) code has minimum weight of 3.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 43 / 83
![Page 188: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/188.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
If C is a linear block, the sum of two vectors is also a code vector.
From (3.15) that the Hamming distance between two code vectors inC is equal to the Hamming weight of a third code vector in C.
dmin = min{w(v + w) : v ,w ∈ C , v 6= w}= min{w(x) : x ∈ C , x 6= 0} (3.17)
≡ wmin
The parameter wmin ≡ {w(x) : x ∈ C , x 6= 0} is called the minimumweight of the linear code C.
Theorem 3.1
The minimum distance of a linear block code is equal to theminimum weight of its nonzero code words.
The (7,4) code has minimum weight of 3.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 43 / 83
![Page 189: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/189.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
If C is a linear block, the sum of two vectors is also a code vector.
From (3.15) that the Hamming distance between two code vectors inC is equal to the Hamming weight of a third code vector in C.
dmin = min{w(v + w) : v ,w ∈ C , v 6= w}= min{w(x) : x ∈ C , x 6= 0} (3.17)
≡ wmin
The parameter wmin ≡ {w(x) : x ∈ C , x 6= 0} is called the minimumweight of the linear code C.
Theorem 3.1
The minimum distance of a linear block code is equal to theminimum weight of its nonzero code words.
The (7,4) code has minimum weight of 3.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 43 / 83
![Page 190: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/190.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
If C is a linear block, the sum of two vectors is also a code vector.
From (3.15) that the Hamming distance between two code vectors inC is equal to the Hamming weight of a third code vector in C.
dmin = min{w(v + w) : v ,w ∈ C , v 6= w}= min{w(x) : x ∈ C , x 6= 0} (3.17)
≡ wmin
The parameter wmin ≡ {w(x) : x ∈ C , x 6= 0} is called the minimumweight of the linear code C.
Theorem 3.1
The minimum distance of a linear block code is equal to theminimum weight of its nonzero code words.
The (7,4) code has minimum weight of 3.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 43 / 83
![Page 191: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/191.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Theorem 3.2
Let C be an (n, k) linear code with parity-check matrix H. For eachcode vector of Hamming weight l, there exist l columns of H suchthat the vector sum of these l columns is equal to the zero vector.Conversely, if there exist l columns of H whose vector sum is the zerosvector, there exists a code vector of Hamming weight l in C.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 44 / 83
![Page 192: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/192.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Proof
Let the parity-check matrix be
H = [h0, h1, . . . , hn−1]
where hi represents the ith column of H
Let v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a code vector of weight l and v has lnonzero components.
Letvi1, vi2, . . . , vil be the l nonzero components of v,
where 0 ≤ i1 < i2 < . . . < il ≤ n − 1, then vi1 = vi2 = . . . = vil = 1
since v is code vector, we must have
0 = v .HT
= v0h0 + v1h1 + . . . + vn−1hn−1
= vi1hi1 + vi2hi2 + . . . + vilhil
= hi1 + hi2 + . . . + hil
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 45 / 83
![Page 193: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/193.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Proof
Let the parity-check matrix be
H = [h0, h1, . . . , hn−1]
where hi represents the ith column of H
Let v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a code vector of weight l and v has lnonzero components.
Letvi1, vi2, . . . , vil be the l nonzero components of v,
where 0 ≤ i1 < i2 < . . . < il ≤ n − 1, then vi1 = vi2 = . . . = vil = 1
since v is code vector, we must have
0 = v .HT
= v0h0 + v1h1 + . . . + vn−1hn−1
= vi1hi1 + vi2hi2 + . . . + vilhil
= hi1 + hi2 + . . . + hil
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 45 / 83
![Page 194: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/194.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Proof
Let the parity-check matrix be
H = [h0, h1, . . . , hn−1]
where hi represents the ith column of H
Let v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a code vector of weight l and v has lnonzero components.
Letvi1, vi2, . . . , vil be the l nonzero components of v,
where 0 ≤ i1 < i2 < . . . < il ≤ n − 1, then vi1 = vi2 = . . . = vil = 1
since v is code vector, we must have
0 = v .HT
= v0h0 + v1h1 + . . . + vn−1hn−1
= vi1hi1 + vi2hi2 + . . . + vilhil
= hi1 + hi2 + . . . + hil
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 45 / 83
![Page 195: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/195.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Proof
Let the parity-check matrix be
H = [h0, h1, . . . , hn−1]
where hi represents the ith column of H
Let v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a code vector of weight l and v has lnonzero components.
Letvi1, vi2, . . . , vil be the l nonzero components of v,
where 0 ≤ i1 < i2 < . . . < il ≤ n − 1, then vi1 = vi2 = . . . = vil = 1
since v is code vector, we must have
0 = v .HT
= v0h0 + v1h1 + . . . + vn−1hn−1
= vi1hi1 + vi2hi2 + . . . + vilhil
= hi1 + hi2 + . . . + hil
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 45 / 83
![Page 196: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/196.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Proof
Let the parity-check matrix be
H = [h0, h1, . . . , hn−1]
where hi represents the ith column of H
Let v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a code vector of weight l and v has lnonzero components.
Letvi1, vi2, . . . , vil be the l nonzero components of v,
where 0 ≤ i1 < i2 < . . . < il ≤ n − 1, then vi1 = vi2 = . . . = vil = 1
since v is code vector, we must have
0 = v .HT
= v0h0 + v1h1 + . . . + vn−1hn−1
= vi1hi1 + vi2hi2 + . . . + vilhil
= hi1 + hi2 + . . . + hil
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 45 / 83
![Page 197: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/197.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Proof
Let the parity-check matrix be
H = [h0, h1, . . . , hn−1]
where hi represents the ith column of H
Let v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a code vector of weight l and v has lnonzero components.
Letvi1, vi2, . . . , vil be the l nonzero components of v,
where 0 ≤ i1 < i2 < . . . < il ≤ n − 1, then vi1 = vi2 = . . . = vil = 1
since v is code vector, we must have
0 = v .HT
= v0h0 + v1h1 + . . . + vn−1hn−1
= vi1hi1 + vi2hi2 + . . . + vilhil
= hi1 + hi2 + . . . + hil
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 45 / 83
![Page 198: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/198.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Proof
Let the parity-check matrix be
H = [h0, h1, . . . , hn−1]
where hi represents the ith column of H
Let v = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1) be a code vector of weight l and v has lnonzero components.
Letvi1, vi2, . . . , vil be the l nonzero components of v,
where 0 ≤ i1 < i2 < . . . < il ≤ n − 1, then vi1 = vi2 = . . . = vil = 1
since v is code vector, we must have
0 = v .HT
= v0h0 + v1h1 + . . . + vn−1hn−1
= vi1hi1 + vi2hi2 + . . . + vilhil
= hi1 + hi2 + . . . + hil
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 45 / 83
![Page 199: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/199.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Proof
Suppose that hi1, hi2, . . . , hil are l columns of H such that
hi1 + hi2 + . . . + hil = 0 (3.18) (17)
Let x = (x1, x2, . . . , xn − 1) whose nonzero components arexi1, xi2, xil
x .HT = x0h0 + x1h1 + . . . + xn−1hn−1
= xi1hi1 + xi2hi2 + . . . + xilhil
= hi1 + hi2 + . . . + hil
It following from (3.18) that x .HT = 0, x is code vector of weight l inC
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 46 / 83
![Page 200: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/200.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Proof
Suppose that hi1, hi2, . . . , hil are l columns of H such that
hi1 + hi2 + . . . + hil = 0 (3.18) (17)
Let x = (x1, x2, . . . , xn − 1) whose nonzero components arexi1, xi2, xil
x .HT = x0h0 + x1h1 + . . . + xn−1hn−1
= xi1hi1 + xi2hi2 + . . . + xilhil
= hi1 + hi2 + . . . + hil
It following from (3.18) that x .HT = 0, x is code vector of weight l inC
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 46 / 83
![Page 201: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/201.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Proof
Suppose that hi1, hi2, . . . , hil are l columns of H such that
hi1 + hi2 + . . . + hil = 0 (3.18) (17)
Let x = (x1, x2, . . . , xn − 1) whose nonzero components arexi1, xi2, xil
x .HT = x0h0 + x1h1 + . . . + xn−1hn−1
= xi1hi1 + xi2hi2 + . . . + xilhil
= hi1 + hi2 + . . . + hil
It following from (3.18) that x .HT = 0, x is code vector of weight l inC
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 46 / 83
![Page 202: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/202.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Proof
Suppose that hi1, hi2, . . . , hil are l columns of H such that
hi1 + hi2 + . . . + hil = 0 (3.18) (17)
Let x = (x1, x2, . . . , xn − 1) whose nonzero components arexi1, xi2, xil
x .HT = x0h0 + x1h1 + . . . + xn−1hn−1
= xi1hi1 + xi2hi2 + . . . + xilhil
= hi1 + hi2 + . . . + hil
It following from (3.18) that x .HT = 0, x is code vector of weight l inC
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 46 / 83
![Page 203: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/203.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Proof
Suppose that hi1, hi2, . . . , hil are l columns of H such that
hi1 + hi2 + . . . + hil = 0 (3.18) (17)
Let x = (x1, x2, . . . , xn − 1) whose nonzero components arexi1, xi2, xil
x .HT = x0h0 + x1h1 + . . . + xn−1hn−1
= xi1hi1 + xi2hi2 + . . . + xilhil
= hi1 + hi2 + . . . + hil
It following from (3.18) that x .HT = 0, x is code vector of weight l inC
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 46 / 83
![Page 204: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/204.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Corollary 3.2.1
Let C be a linear block code with parity-check matrix H. If no d-1 orfewer columns of H add to 0, the code has minimum weight at least d.
Corollary 3.2.2
The minimum weight of C is equal to the smallest number of columnsof H that sum to 0.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 47 / 83
![Page 205: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/205.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Corollary 3.2.1
Let C be a linear block code with parity-check matrix H. If no d-1 orfewer columns of H add to 0, the code has minimum weight at least d.Corollary 3.2.2
The minimum weight of C is equal to the smallest number of columnsof H that sum to 0.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 47 / 83
![Page 206: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/206.jpg)
The Minimum Distance of a Block Code The Minimum Distance of a Block Code
Corollary 3.2.1
Let C be a linear block code with parity-check matrix H. If no d-1 orfewer columns of H add to 0, the code has minimum weight at least d.Corollary 3.2.2
The minimum weight of C is equal to the smallest number of columnsof H that sum to 0.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 47 / 83
![Page 207: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/207.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities
of a Block Code
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 48 / 83
![Page 208: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/208.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
If the minimum distance of a block code C is dmin, any two distinctcode vector of C differ in at least dmin places.
A block code with minimum distance dmin is capable of detecting allthe error pattern of dmin- 1 or fewer errors.
However, it cannot detect all the error pattern of dmin errors becausethere exists at least one pair of code vectors that differ in dmin placesand there is an error pattern of dmin errors that will carry one into theother.
The random-error-detecting capability of a block code with minimumdistance dmin is dmin-1.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 49 / 83
![Page 209: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/209.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
If the minimum distance of a block code C is dmin, any two distinctcode vector of C differ in at least dmin places.
A block code with minimum distance dmin is capable of detecting allthe error pattern of dmin- 1 or fewer errors.
However, it cannot detect all the error pattern of dmin errors becausethere exists at least one pair of code vectors that differ in dmin placesand there is an error pattern of dmin errors that will carry one into theother.
The random-error-detecting capability of a block code with minimumdistance dmin is dmin-1.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 49 / 83
![Page 210: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/210.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
If the minimum distance of a block code C is dmin, any two distinctcode vector of C differ in at least dmin places.
A block code with minimum distance dmin is capable of detecting allthe error pattern of dmin- 1 or fewer errors.
However, it cannot detect all the error pattern of dmin errors becausethere exists at least one pair of code vectors that differ in dmin placesand there is an error pattern of dmin errors that will carry one into theother.
The random-error-detecting capability of a block code with minimumdistance dmin is dmin-1.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 49 / 83
![Page 211: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/211.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
If the minimum distance of a block code C is dmin, any two distinctcode vector of C differ in at least dmin places.
A block code with minimum distance dmin is capable of detecting allthe error pattern of dmin- 1 or fewer errors.
However, it cannot detect all the error pattern of dmin errors becausethere exists at least one pair of code vectors that differ in dmin placesand there is an error pattern of dmin errors that will carry one into theother.
The random-error-detecting capability of a block code with minimumdistance dmin is dmin-1.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 49 / 83
![Page 212: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/212.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
An (n, k) linear code is capable of detecting 2n − 2k error patterns oflength n.
Among the 2n − 1 possible nonzero error patterns, there are 2k − 1error patterns that are identical to the 2k − 1 nonzero code words.
If any of these 2k − 1 error patterns occurs, it alters the transmittedcode word v into another code word w, thus w will be received and itssyndrome is zero.
There are 2k − 1 undetectable error patterns.
If an error pattern is not identical to a nonzero code word, thereceived vector r will not be a code word and the syndrome will notbe zero.
These 2n − 2k error patterns are detectable error patterns.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 50 / 83
![Page 213: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/213.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
An (n, k) linear code is capable of detecting 2n − 2k error patterns oflength n.
Among the 2n − 1 possible nonzero error patterns, there are 2k − 1error patterns that are identical to the 2k − 1 nonzero code words.
If any of these 2k − 1 error patterns occurs, it alters the transmittedcode word v into another code word w, thus w will be received and itssyndrome is zero.
There are 2k − 1 undetectable error patterns.
If an error pattern is not identical to a nonzero code word, thereceived vector r will not be a code word and the syndrome will notbe zero.
These 2n − 2k error patterns are detectable error patterns.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 50 / 83
![Page 214: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/214.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
An (n, k) linear code is capable of detecting 2n − 2k error patterns oflength n.
Among the 2n − 1 possible nonzero error patterns, there are 2k − 1error patterns that are identical to the 2k − 1 nonzero code words.
If any of these 2k − 1 error patterns occurs, it alters the transmittedcode word v into another code word w, thus w will be received and itssyndrome is zero.
There are 2k − 1 undetectable error patterns.
If an error pattern is not identical to a nonzero code word, thereceived vector r will not be a code word and the syndrome will notbe zero.
These 2n − 2k error patterns are detectable error patterns.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 50 / 83
![Page 215: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/215.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
An (n, k) linear code is capable of detecting 2n − 2k error patterns oflength n.
Among the 2n − 1 possible nonzero error patterns, there are 2k − 1error patterns that are identical to the 2k − 1 nonzero code words.
If any of these 2k − 1 error patterns occurs, it alters the transmittedcode word v into another code word w, thus w will be received and itssyndrome is zero.
There are 2k − 1 undetectable error patterns.
If an error pattern is not identical to a nonzero code word, thereceived vector r will not be a code word and the syndrome will notbe zero.
These 2n − 2k error patterns are detectable error patterns.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 50 / 83
![Page 216: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/216.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
An (n, k) linear code is capable of detecting 2n − 2k error patterns oflength n.
Among the 2n − 1 possible nonzero error patterns, there are 2k − 1error patterns that are identical to the 2k − 1 nonzero code words.
If any of these 2k − 1 error patterns occurs, it alters the transmittedcode word v into another code word w, thus w will be received and itssyndrome is zero.
There are 2k − 1 undetectable error patterns.
If an error pattern is not identical to a nonzero code word, thereceived vector r will not be a code word and the syndrome will notbe zero.
These 2n − 2k error patterns are detectable error patterns.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 50 / 83
![Page 217: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/217.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Let Ai be the number of code vectors of weight i in C, the numbersA0,A1, ...,An are called the weight distribution of C.
Let Pu(E) denote the probability of an undetected error.
Since an undetected error occurs only when the error pattern isidentical to a nonzero code vector of C .
Pu(E ) =n∑
i=1
Aipi (1− p)n−i (18)
where p is the transition probability of the BSC.
If the minimum distance of C is dmin, then A1 to Admin − 1 are zero.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 51 / 83
![Page 218: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/218.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Let Ai be the number of code vectors of weight i in C, the numbersA0,A1, ...,An are called the weight distribution of C.
Let Pu(E) denote the probability of an undetected error.
Since an undetected error occurs only when the error pattern isidentical to a nonzero code vector of C .
Pu(E ) =n∑
i=1
Aipi (1− p)n−i (18)
where p is the transition probability of the BSC.
If the minimum distance of C is dmin, then A1 to Admin − 1 are zero.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 51 / 83
![Page 219: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/219.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Let Ai be the number of code vectors of weight i in C, the numbersA0,A1, ...,An are called the weight distribution of C.
Let Pu(E) denote the probability of an undetected error.
Since an undetected error occurs only when the error pattern isidentical to a nonzero code vector of C .
Pu(E ) =n∑
i=1
Aipi (1− p)n−i (18)
where p is the transition probability of the BSC.
If the minimum distance of C is dmin, then A1 to Admin − 1 are zero.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 51 / 83
![Page 220: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/220.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Let Ai be the number of code vectors of weight i in C, the numbersA0,A1, ...,An are called the weight distribution of C.
Let Pu(E) denote the probability of an undetected error.
Since an undetected error occurs only when the error pattern isidentical to a nonzero code vector of C .
Pu(E ) =n∑
i=1
Aipi (1− p)n−i (18)
where p is the transition probability of the BSC.
If the minimum distance of C is dmin, then A1 to Admin − 1 are zero.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 51 / 83
![Page 221: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/221.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Let Ai be the number of code vectors of weight i in C, the numbersA0,A1, ...,An are called the weight distribution of C.
Let Pu(E) denote the probability of an undetected error.
Since an undetected error occurs only when the error pattern isidentical to a nonzero code vector of C .
Pu(E ) =n∑
i=1
Aipi (1− p)n−i (18)
where p is the transition probability of the BSC.
If the minimum distance of C is dmin, then A1 to Admin − 1 are zero.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 51 / 83
![Page 222: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/222.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Let Ai be the number of code vectors of weight i in C, the numbersA0,A1, ...,An are called the weight distribution of C.
Let Pu(E) denote the probability of an undetected error.
Since an undetected error occurs only when the error pattern isidentical to a nonzero code vector of C .
Pu(E ) =n∑
i=1
Aipi (1− p)n−i (18)
where p is the transition probability of the BSC.
If the minimum distance of C is dmin, then A1 to Admin − 1 are zero.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 51 / 83
![Page 223: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/223.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider the (7,4) code given in table. The weight distribution is:A0 = 1,A1 = A2 = 0,A3 = A4 = 7,A5 = A6 = 0,and A7 = 1
The probability of an undetected error
Pu(E ) = 7p3(1− p4) + 7p4(1− p3) + p7
If p = 10−2 then Pu(E ) = 7x10−6 this means, if 1 million codewordsare transmitted over a BSC with p = 10−2 on average seven erroneouscodewords pass through the decoder without being detected.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 52 / 83
![Page 224: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/224.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider the (7,4) code given in table. The weight distribution is:A0 = 1,A1 = A2 = 0,A3 = A4 = 7,A5 = A6 = 0,and A7 = 1
The probability of an undetected error
Pu(E ) = 7p3(1− p4) + 7p4(1− p3) + p7
If p = 10−2 then Pu(E ) = 7x10−6 this means, if 1 million codewordsare transmitted over a BSC with p = 10−2 on average seven erroneouscodewords pass through the decoder without being detected.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 52 / 83
![Page 225: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/225.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider the (7,4) code given in table. The weight distribution is:A0 = 1,A1 = A2 = 0,A3 = A4 = 7,A5 = A6 = 0,and A7 = 1
The probability of an undetected error
Pu(E ) = 7p3(1− p4) + 7p4(1− p3) + p7
If p = 10−2 then Pu(E ) = 7x10−6 this means, if 1 million codewordsare transmitted over a BSC with p = 10−2 on average seven erroneouscodewords pass through the decoder without being detected.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 52 / 83
![Page 226: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/226.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider the (7,4) code given in table. The weight distribution is:A0 = 1,A1 = A2 = 0,A3 = A4 = 7,A5 = A6 = 0,and A7 = 1
The probability of an undetected error
Pu(E ) = 7p3(1− p4) + 7p4(1− p3) + p7
If p = 10−2 then Pu(E ) = 7x10−6 this means, if 1 million codewordsare transmitted over a BSC with p = 10−2 on average seven erroneouscodewords pass through the decoder without being detected.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 52 / 83
![Page 227: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/227.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider a block code C with minimum distance dmin is used for random error correction and dmin is either odd or even.
Let t be a positive integer such that:2t + 1 ≤ dmin ≤ 2t + 2 (19)
Fact 1:
The code C is capable of correcting all the error patterns of t or fewer errors.Proof:
Let v and r be the transmitted code vector and the received vector, respectively and w be any other code vector in C.
d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ d(v,w) (20)
Suppose that an t′errors occurs during the transmission of v. Then d(v, r) = t
′.
Since v and w are code vectors in C, we have
d(v,w) ≥ dmin ≥ 2t + 1. (21)
Combining equation 20 and equation 21d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1
and d(v, r) = t′
d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1− t′
if t′≤ t ⇒ d(w, r) > t
The inequality above says that if an error pattern of t or fewer errors occurs, the received vector r is closer (in Hammingdistance) to the transmitted code vector v than to any other code vector w in C.
For a BSC, this means that the conditional probability P(r|v) is greater than the conditional probability P(r|w) forw 6= v .
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 53 / 83
![Page 228: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/228.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider a block code C with minimum distance dmin is used for random error correction and dmin is either odd or even.
Let t be a positive integer such that:
2t + 1 ≤ dmin ≤ 2t + 2 (19)
Fact 1:
The code C is capable of correcting all the error patterns of t or fewer errors.Proof:
Let v and r be the transmitted code vector and the received vector, respectively and w be any other code vector in C.
d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ d(v,w) (20)
Suppose that an t′errors occurs during the transmission of v. Then d(v, r) = t
′.
Since v and w are code vectors in C, we have
d(v,w) ≥ dmin ≥ 2t + 1. (21)
Combining equation 20 and equation 21d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1
and d(v, r) = t′
d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1− t′
if t′≤ t ⇒ d(w, r) > t
The inequality above says that if an error pattern of t or fewer errors occurs, the received vector r is closer (in Hammingdistance) to the transmitted code vector v than to any other code vector w in C.
For a BSC, this means that the conditional probability P(r|v) is greater than the conditional probability P(r|w) forw 6= v .
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 53 / 83
![Page 229: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/229.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider a block code C with minimum distance dmin is used for random error correction and dmin is either odd or even.
Let t be a positive integer such that:2t + 1 ≤ dmin ≤ 2t + 2 (19)
Fact 1:
The code C is capable of correcting all the error patterns of t or fewer errors.Proof:
Let v and r be the transmitted code vector and the received vector, respectively and w be any other code vector in C.
d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ d(v,w) (20)
Suppose that an t′errors occurs during the transmission of v. Then d(v, r) = t
′.
Since v and w are code vectors in C, we have
d(v,w) ≥ dmin ≥ 2t + 1. (21)
Combining equation 20 and equation 21d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1
and d(v, r) = t′
d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1− t′
if t′≤ t ⇒ d(w, r) > t
The inequality above says that if an error pattern of t or fewer errors occurs, the received vector r is closer (in Hammingdistance) to the transmitted code vector v than to any other code vector w in C.
For a BSC, this means that the conditional probability P(r|v) is greater than the conditional probability P(r|w) forw 6= v .
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 53 / 83
![Page 230: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/230.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider a block code C with minimum distance dmin is used for random error correction and dmin is either odd or even.
Let t be a positive integer such that:2t + 1 ≤ dmin ≤ 2t + 2 (19)
Fact 1:
The code C is capable of correcting all the error patterns of t or fewer errors.
Proof:
Let v and r be the transmitted code vector and the received vector, respectively and w be any other code vector in C.
d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ d(v,w) (20)
Suppose that an t′errors occurs during the transmission of v. Then d(v, r) = t
′.
Since v and w are code vectors in C, we have
d(v,w) ≥ dmin ≥ 2t + 1. (21)
Combining equation 20 and equation 21d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1
and d(v, r) = t′
d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1− t′
if t′≤ t ⇒ d(w, r) > t
The inequality above says that if an error pattern of t or fewer errors occurs, the received vector r is closer (in Hammingdistance) to the transmitted code vector v than to any other code vector w in C.
For a BSC, this means that the conditional probability P(r|v) is greater than the conditional probability P(r|w) forw 6= v .
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 53 / 83
![Page 231: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/231.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider a block code C with minimum distance dmin is used for random error correction and dmin is either odd or even.
Let t be a positive integer such that:2t + 1 ≤ dmin ≤ 2t + 2 (19)
Fact 1:
The code C is capable of correcting all the error patterns of t or fewer errors.Proof:
Let v and r be the transmitted code vector and the received vector, respectively and w be any other code vector in C.
d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ d(v,w) (20)
Suppose that an t′errors occurs during the transmission of v. Then d(v, r) = t
′.
Since v and w are code vectors in C, we have
d(v,w) ≥ dmin ≥ 2t + 1. (21)
Combining equation 20 and equation 21d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1
and d(v, r) = t′
d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1− t′
if t′≤ t ⇒ d(w, r) > t
The inequality above says that if an error pattern of t or fewer errors occurs, the received vector r is closer (in Hammingdistance) to the transmitted code vector v than to any other code vector w in C.
For a BSC, this means that the conditional probability P(r|v) is greater than the conditional probability P(r|w) forw 6= v .
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 53 / 83
![Page 232: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/232.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider a block code C with minimum distance dmin is used for random error correction and dmin is either odd or even.
Let t be a positive integer such that:2t + 1 ≤ dmin ≤ 2t + 2 (19)
Fact 1:
The code C is capable of correcting all the error patterns of t or fewer errors.Proof:
Let v and r be the transmitted code vector and the received vector, respectively and w be any other code vector in C.
d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ d(v,w) (20)
Suppose that an t′errors occurs during the transmission of v. Then d(v, r) = t
′.
Since v and w are code vectors in C, we have
d(v,w) ≥ dmin ≥ 2t + 1. (21)
Combining equation 20 and equation 21d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1
and d(v, r) = t′
d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1− t′
if t′≤ t ⇒ d(w, r) > t
The inequality above says that if an error pattern of t or fewer errors occurs, the received vector r is closer (in Hammingdistance) to the transmitted code vector v than to any other code vector w in C.
For a BSC, this means that the conditional probability P(r|v) is greater than the conditional probability P(r|w) forw 6= v .
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 53 / 83
![Page 233: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/233.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider a block code C with minimum distance dmin is used for random error correction and dmin is either odd or even.
Let t be a positive integer such that:2t + 1 ≤ dmin ≤ 2t + 2 (19)
Fact 1:
The code C is capable of correcting all the error patterns of t or fewer errors.Proof:
Let v and r be the transmitted code vector and the received vector, respectively and w be any other code vector in C.
d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ d(v,w) (20)
Suppose that an t′errors occurs during the transmission of v. Then d(v, r) = t
′.
Since v and w are code vectors in C, we have
d(v,w) ≥ dmin ≥ 2t + 1. (21)
Combining equation 20 and equation 21d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1
and d(v, r) = t′
d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1− t′
if t′≤ t ⇒ d(w, r) > t
The inequality above says that if an error pattern of t or fewer errors occurs, the received vector r is closer (in Hammingdistance) to the transmitted code vector v than to any other code vector w in C.
For a BSC, this means that the conditional probability P(r|v) is greater than the conditional probability P(r|w) forw 6= v .
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 53 / 83
![Page 234: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/234.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider a block code C with minimum distance dmin is used for random error correction and dmin is either odd or even.
Let t be a positive integer such that:2t + 1 ≤ dmin ≤ 2t + 2 (19)
Fact 1:
The code C is capable of correcting all the error patterns of t or fewer errors.Proof:
Let v and r be the transmitted code vector and the received vector, respectively and w be any other code vector in C.
d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ d(v,w) (20)
Suppose that an t′errors occurs during the transmission of v. Then d(v, r) = t
′.
Since v and w are code vectors in C, we have
d(v,w) ≥ dmin ≥ 2t + 1. (21)
Combining equation 20 and equation 21d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1
and d(v, r) = t′
d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1− t′
if t′≤ t ⇒ d(w, r) > t
The inequality above says that if an error pattern of t or fewer errors occurs, the received vector r is closer (in Hammingdistance) to the transmitted code vector v than to any other code vector w in C.
For a BSC, this means that the conditional probability P(r|v) is greater than the conditional probability P(r|w) forw 6= v .
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 53 / 83
![Page 235: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/235.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider a block code C with minimum distance dmin is used for random error correction and dmin is either odd or even.
Let t be a positive integer such that:2t + 1 ≤ dmin ≤ 2t + 2 (19)
Fact 1:
The code C is capable of correcting all the error patterns of t or fewer errors.Proof:
Let v and r be the transmitted code vector and the received vector, respectively and w be any other code vector in C.
d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ d(v,w) (20)
Suppose that an t′errors occurs during the transmission of v. Then d(v, r) = t
′.
Since v and w are code vectors in C, we have
d(v,w) ≥ dmin ≥ 2t + 1. (21)
Combining equation 20 and equation 21d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1
and d(v, r) = t′
d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1− t′
if t′≤ t ⇒ d(w, r) > t
The inequality above says that if an error pattern of t or fewer errors occurs, the received vector r is closer (in Hammingdistance) to the transmitted code vector v than to any other code vector w in C.
For a BSC, this means that the conditional probability P(r|v) is greater than the conditional probability P(r|w) forw 6= v .
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 53 / 83
![Page 236: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/236.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider a block code C with minimum distance dmin is used for random error correction and dmin is either odd or even.
Let t be a positive integer such that:2t + 1 ≤ dmin ≤ 2t + 2 (19)
Fact 1:
The code C is capable of correcting all the error patterns of t or fewer errors.Proof:
Let v and r be the transmitted code vector and the received vector, respectively and w be any other code vector in C.
d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ d(v,w) (20)
Suppose that an t′errors occurs during the transmission of v. Then d(v, r) = t
′.
Since v and w are code vectors in C, we have
d(v,w) ≥ dmin ≥ 2t + 1. (21)
Combining equation 20 and equation 21
d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1
and d(v, r) = t′
d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1− t′
if t′≤ t ⇒ d(w, r) > t
The inequality above says that if an error pattern of t or fewer errors occurs, the received vector r is closer (in Hammingdistance) to the transmitted code vector v than to any other code vector w in C.
For a BSC, this means that the conditional probability P(r|v) is greater than the conditional probability P(r|w) forw 6= v .
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 53 / 83
![Page 237: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/237.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider a block code C with minimum distance dmin is used for random error correction and dmin is either odd or even.
Let t be a positive integer such that:2t + 1 ≤ dmin ≤ 2t + 2 (19)
Fact 1:
The code C is capable of correcting all the error patterns of t or fewer errors.Proof:
Let v and r be the transmitted code vector and the received vector, respectively and w be any other code vector in C.
d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ d(v,w) (20)
Suppose that an t′errors occurs during the transmission of v. Then d(v, r) = t
′.
Since v and w are code vectors in C, we have
d(v,w) ≥ dmin ≥ 2t + 1. (21)
Combining equation 20 and equation 21d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1
and d(v, r) = t′
d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1− t′
if t′≤ t ⇒ d(w, r) > t
The inequality above says that if an error pattern of t or fewer errors occurs, the received vector r is closer (in Hammingdistance) to the transmitted code vector v than to any other code vector w in C.
For a BSC, this means that the conditional probability P(r|v) is greater than the conditional probability P(r|w) forw 6= v .
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 53 / 83
![Page 238: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/238.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider a block code C with minimum distance dmin is used for random error correction and dmin is either odd or even.
Let t be a positive integer such that:2t + 1 ≤ dmin ≤ 2t + 2 (19)
Fact 1:
The code C is capable of correcting all the error patterns of t or fewer errors.Proof:
Let v and r be the transmitted code vector and the received vector, respectively and w be any other code vector in C.
d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ d(v,w) (20)
Suppose that an t′errors occurs during the transmission of v. Then d(v, r) = t
′.
Since v and w are code vectors in C, we have
d(v,w) ≥ dmin ≥ 2t + 1. (21)
Combining equation 20 and equation 21d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1
and d(v, r) = t′
d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1− t′
if t′≤ t ⇒ d(w, r) > t
The inequality above says that if an error pattern of t or fewer errors occurs, the received vector r is closer (in Hammingdistance) to the transmitted code vector v than to any other code vector w in C.
For a BSC, this means that the conditional probability P(r|v) is greater than the conditional probability P(r|w) forw 6= v .
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 53 / 83
![Page 239: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/239.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider a block code C with minimum distance dmin is used for random error correction and dmin is either odd or even.
Let t be a positive integer such that:2t + 1 ≤ dmin ≤ 2t + 2 (19)
Fact 1:
The code C is capable of correcting all the error patterns of t or fewer errors.Proof:
Let v and r be the transmitted code vector and the received vector, respectively and w be any other code vector in C.
d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ d(v,w) (20)
Suppose that an t′errors occurs during the transmission of v. Then d(v, r) = t
′.
Since v and w are code vectors in C, we have
d(v,w) ≥ dmin ≥ 2t + 1. (21)
Combining equation 20 and equation 21d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1
and d(v, r) = t′
d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1− t′
if t′≤ t ⇒ d(w, r) > t
The inequality above says that if an error pattern of t or fewer errors occurs, the received vector r is closer (in Hammingdistance) to the transmitted code vector v than to any other code vector w in C.
For a BSC, this means that the conditional probability P(r|v) is greater than the conditional probability P(r|w) forw 6= v .
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 53 / 83
![Page 240: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/240.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider a block code C with minimum distance dmin is used for random error correction and dmin is either odd or even.
Let t be a positive integer such that:2t + 1 ≤ dmin ≤ 2t + 2 (19)
Fact 1:
The code C is capable of correcting all the error patterns of t or fewer errors.Proof:
Let v and r be the transmitted code vector and the received vector, respectively and w be any other code vector in C.
d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ d(v,w) (20)
Suppose that an t′errors occurs during the transmission of v. Then d(v, r) = t
′.
Since v and w are code vectors in C, we have
d(v,w) ≥ dmin ≥ 2t + 1. (21)
Combining equation 20 and equation 21d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1
and d(v, r) = t′
d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1− t′
if t′≤ t ⇒ d(w, r) > t
The inequality above says that if an error pattern of t or fewer errors occurs, the received vector r is closer (in Hammingdistance) to the transmitted code vector v than to any other code vector w in C.
For a BSC, this means that the conditional probability P(r|v) is greater than the conditional probability P(r|w) forw 6= v .
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 53 / 83
![Page 241: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/241.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Consider a block code C with minimum distance dmin is used for random error correction and dmin is either odd or even.
Let t be a positive integer such that:2t + 1 ≤ dmin ≤ 2t + 2 (19)
Fact 1:
The code C is capable of correcting all the error patterns of t or fewer errors.Proof:
Let v and r be the transmitted code vector and the received vector, respectively and w be any other code vector in C.
d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ d(v,w) (20)
Suppose that an t′errors occurs during the transmission of v. Then d(v, r) = t
′.
Since v and w are code vectors in C, we have
d(v,w) ≥ dmin ≥ 2t + 1. (21)
Combining equation 20 and equation 21d(v, r) + d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1
and d(v, r) = t′
d(w, r) ≥ 2t + 1− t′
if t′≤ t ⇒ d(w, r) > t
The inequality above says that if an error pattern of t or fewer errors occurs, the received vector r is closer (in Hammingdistance) to the transmitted code vector v than to any other code vector w in C.
For a BSC, this means that the conditional probability P(r|v) is greater than the conditional probability P(r|w) forw 6= v .
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 53 / 83
![Page 242: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/242.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Fact 2:
The code is not capable of correcting all the error patterns of l errorswith l > t, for there is at least one case where an error pattern of lerrors results in a received vector which is closer to an incorrect codevector than to the actual transmitted code vector.
Proof:
Let v and w be two code vectors in C such that d(v ,w) = dmin.
Let e1 and e2 be two error patterns that satisfy the followingconditions:
1 e1 + e2 = v + w2 e1 and e2 do not have nonzero components in common places.
We have
w(e1) + w(e2) = w(v + w) = d(v ,w) = dmin.(3.23) (22)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 54 / 83
![Page 243: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/243.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Fact 2:
The code is not capable of correcting all the error patterns of l errorswith l > t, for there is at least one case where an error pattern of lerrors results in a received vector which is closer to an incorrect codevector than to the actual transmitted code vector.
Proof:
Let v and w be two code vectors in C such that d(v ,w) = dmin.
Let e1 and e2 be two error patterns that satisfy the followingconditions:
1 e1 + e2 = v + w2 e1 and e2 do not have nonzero components in common places.
We have
w(e1) + w(e2) = w(v + w) = d(v ,w) = dmin.(3.23) (22)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 54 / 83
![Page 244: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/244.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Fact 2:
The code is not capable of correcting all the error patterns of l errorswith l > t, for there is at least one case where an error pattern of lerrors results in a received vector which is closer to an incorrect codevector than to the actual transmitted code vector.
Proof:
Let v and w be two code vectors in C such that d(v ,w) = dmin.
Let e1 and e2 be two error patterns that satisfy the followingconditions:
1 e1 + e2 = v + w2 e1 and e2 do not have nonzero components in common places.
We have
w(e1) + w(e2) = w(v + w) = d(v ,w) = dmin.(3.23) (22)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 54 / 83
![Page 245: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/245.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Fact 2:
The code is not capable of correcting all the error patterns of l errorswith l > t, for there is at least one case where an error pattern of lerrors results in a received vector which is closer to an incorrect codevector than to the actual transmitted code vector.
Proof:
Let v and w be two code vectors in C such that d(v ,w) = dmin.
Let e1 and e2 be two error patterns that satisfy the followingconditions:
1 e1 + e2 = v + w2 e1 and e2 do not have nonzero components in common places.
We have
w(e1) + w(e2) = w(v + w) = d(v ,w) = dmin.(3.23) (22)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 54 / 83
![Page 246: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/246.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Fact 2:
The code is not capable of correcting all the error patterns of l errorswith l > t, for there is at least one case where an error pattern of lerrors results in a received vector which is closer to an incorrect codevector than to the actual transmitted code vector.
Proof:
Let v and w be two code vectors in C such that d(v ,w) = dmin.
Let e1 and e2 be two error patterns that satisfy the followingconditions:
1 e1 + e2 = v + w2 e1 and e2 do not have nonzero components in common places.
We have
w(e1) + w(e2) = w(v + w) = d(v ,w) = dmin.(3.23) (22)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 54 / 83
![Page 247: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/247.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Fact 2:
The code is not capable of correcting all the error patterns of l errorswith l > t, for there is at least one case where an error pattern of lerrors results in a received vector which is closer to an incorrect codevector than to the actual transmitted code vector.
Proof:
Let v and w be two code vectors in C such that d(v ,w) = dmin.
Let e1 and e2 be two error patterns that satisfy the followingconditions:
1 e1 + e2 = v + w
2 e1 and e2 do not have nonzero components in common places.
We have
w(e1) + w(e2) = w(v + w) = d(v ,w) = dmin.(3.23) (22)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 54 / 83
![Page 248: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/248.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Fact 2:
The code is not capable of correcting all the error patterns of l errorswith l > t, for there is at least one case where an error pattern of lerrors results in a received vector which is closer to an incorrect codevector than to the actual transmitted code vector.
Proof:
Let v and w be two code vectors in C such that d(v ,w) = dmin.
Let e1 and e2 be two error patterns that satisfy the followingconditions:
1 e1 + e2 = v + w2 e1 and e2 do not have nonzero components in common places.
We have
w(e1) + w(e2) = w(v + w) = d(v ,w) = dmin.(3.23) (22)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 54 / 83
![Page 249: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/249.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Fact 2:
The code is not capable of correcting all the error patterns of l errorswith l > t, for there is at least one case where an error pattern of lerrors results in a received vector which is closer to an incorrect codevector than to the actual transmitted code vector.
Proof:
Let v and w be two code vectors in C such that d(v ,w) = dmin.
Let e1 and e2 be two error patterns that satisfy the followingconditions:
1 e1 + e2 = v + w2 e1 and e2 do not have nonzero components in common places.
We have
w(e1) + w(e2) = w(v + w) = d(v ,w) = dmin.(3.23) (22)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 54 / 83
![Page 250: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/250.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Fact 2:
The code is not capable of correcting all the error patterns of l errorswith l > t, for there is at least one case where an error pattern of lerrors results in a received vector which is closer to an incorrect codevector than to the actual transmitted code vector.
Proof:
Let v and w be two code vectors in C such that d(v ,w) = dmin.
Let e1 and e2 be two error patterns that satisfy the followingconditions:
1 e1 + e2 = v + w2 e1 and e2 do not have nonzero components in common places.
We have
w(e1) + w(e2) = w(v + w) = d(v ,w) = dmin.(3.23) (22)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 54 / 83
![Page 251: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/251.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Suppose that v is transmitted and is corrupted by the error patterne1, then the received vector is
r = v + e1
The Hamming distance between v and r is
d(v , r) = w(v + r) = w(e1).(3.24) (23)
The Hamming distance between w and r is
d(w , r) = w(w + r) = w(w + v + e1) = w(e2)(3.25) (24)
Now, suppose that the error pattern e1 contains more than t errors[i.e. w(e1) ≥ t + 1].
Since 2t + 1 ≤ dmin2t + 2, it follows from (3.23) that
w(e2) = dmin − w(e1) ≤ (2t + 2)− (t + 1) = t + 1
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 55 / 83
![Page 252: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/252.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Suppose that v is transmitted and is corrupted by the error patterne1, then the received vector is
r = v + e1
The Hamming distance between v and r is
d(v , r) = w(v + r) = w(e1).(3.24) (23)
The Hamming distance between w and r is
d(w , r) = w(w + r) = w(w + v + e1) = w(e2)(3.25) (24)
Now, suppose that the error pattern e1 contains more than t errors[i.e. w(e1) ≥ t + 1].
Since 2t + 1 ≤ dmin2t + 2, it follows from (3.23) that
w(e2) = dmin − w(e1) ≤ (2t + 2)− (t + 1) = t + 1
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 55 / 83
![Page 253: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/253.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Suppose that v is transmitted and is corrupted by the error patterne1, then the received vector is
r = v + e1
The Hamming distance between v and r is
d(v , r) = w(v + r) = w(e1).(3.24) (23)
The Hamming distance between w and r is
d(w , r) = w(w + r) = w(w + v + e1) = w(e2)(3.25) (24)
Now, suppose that the error pattern e1 contains more than t errors[i.e. w(e1) ≥ t + 1].
Since 2t + 1 ≤ dmin2t + 2, it follows from (3.23) that
w(e2) = dmin − w(e1) ≤ (2t + 2)− (t + 1) = t + 1
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 55 / 83
![Page 254: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/254.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Suppose that v is transmitted and is corrupted by the error patterne1, then the received vector is
r = v + e1
The Hamming distance between v and r is
d(v , r) = w(v + r) = w(e1).(3.24) (23)
The Hamming distance between w and r is
d(w , r) = w(w + r) = w(w + v + e1) = w(e2)(3.25) (24)
Now, suppose that the error pattern e1 contains more than t errors[i.e. w(e1) ≥ t + 1].
Since 2t + 1 ≤ dmin2t + 2, it follows from (3.23) that
w(e2) = dmin − w(e1) ≤ (2t + 2)− (t + 1) = t + 1
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 55 / 83
![Page 255: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/255.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Suppose that v is transmitted and is corrupted by the error patterne1, then the received vector is
r = v + e1
The Hamming distance between v and r is
d(v , r) = w(v + r) = w(e1).(3.24) (23)
The Hamming distance between w and r is
d(w , r) = w(w + r) = w(w + v + e1) = w(e2)(3.25) (24)
Now, suppose that the error pattern e1 contains more than t errors[i.e. w(e1) ≥ t + 1].
Since 2t + 1 ≤ dmin2t + 2, it follows from (3.23) that
w(e2) = dmin − w(e1) ≤ (2t + 2)− (t + 1) = t + 1
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 55 / 83
![Page 256: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/256.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Suppose that v is transmitted and is corrupted by the error patterne1, then the received vector is
r = v + e1
The Hamming distance between v and r is
d(v , r) = w(v + r) = w(e1).(3.24) (23)
The Hamming distance between w and r is
d(w , r) = w(w + r) = w(w + v + e1) = w(e2)(3.25) (24)
Now, suppose that the error pattern e1 contains more than t errors[i.e. w(e1) ≥ t + 1].
Since 2t + 1 ≤ dmin2t + 2, it follows from (3.23) that
w(e2) = dmin − w(e1) ≤ (2t + 2)− (t + 1) = t + 1
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 55 / 83
![Page 257: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/257.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Suppose that v is transmitted and is corrupted by the error patterne1, then the received vector is
r = v + e1
The Hamming distance between v and r is
d(v , r) = w(v + r) = w(e1).(3.24) (23)
The Hamming distance between w and r is
d(w , r) = w(w + r) = w(w + v + e1) = w(e2)(3.25) (24)
Now, suppose that the error pattern e1 contains more than t errors[i.e. w(e1) ≥ t + 1].
Since 2t + 1 ≤ dmin2t + 2, it follows from (3.23) that
w(e2) = dmin − w(e1) ≤ (2t + 2)− (t + 1) = t + 1
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 55 / 83
![Page 258: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/258.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Suppose that v is transmitted and is corrupted by the error patterne1, then the received vector is
r = v + e1
The Hamming distance between v and r is
d(v , r) = w(v + r) = w(e1).(3.24) (23)
The Hamming distance between w and r is
d(w , r) = w(w + r) = w(w + v + e1) = w(e2)(3.25) (24)
Now, suppose that the error pattern e1 contains more than t errors[i.e. w(e1) ≥ t + 1].
Since 2t + 1 ≤ dmin2t + 2, it follows from (3.23) that
w(e2) = dmin − w(e1) ≤ (2t + 2)− (t + 1) = t + 1
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 55 / 83
![Page 259: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/259.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Combining (3.24) and (3.25) and using the fact that w(e1) ≥ t + 1and w(e2) ≤ t + 1, we have
d(v , r) ≥ d(w , r)
This inequality say that there exists an error pattern of l(l > t) errorswhich results in a received vector that is closer to an incorrect codevector than to the transmitted code vector.
Based on the maximum likelihood decoding scheme, an incorrectdecoding would be committed.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 56 / 83
![Page 260: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/260.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Combining (3.24) and (3.25) and using the fact that w(e1) ≥ t + 1and w(e2) ≤ t + 1, we have
d(v , r) ≥ d(w , r)
This inequality say that there exists an error pattern of l(l > t) errorswhich results in a received vector that is closer to an incorrect codevector than to the transmitted code vector.
Based on the maximum likelihood decoding scheme, an incorrectdecoding would be committed.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 56 / 83
![Page 261: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/261.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Combining (3.24) and (3.25) and using the fact that w(e1) ≥ t + 1and w(e2) ≤ t + 1, we have
d(v , r) ≥ d(w , r)
This inequality say that there exists an error pattern of l(l > t) errorswhich results in a received vector that is closer to an incorrect codevector than to the transmitted code vector.
Based on the maximum likelihood decoding scheme, an incorrectdecoding would be committed.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 56 / 83
![Page 262: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/262.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
Combining (3.24) and (3.25) and using the fact that w(e1) ≥ t + 1and w(e2) ≤ t + 1, we have
d(v , r) ≥ d(w , r)
This inequality say that there exists an error pattern of l(l > t) errorswhich results in a received vector that is closer to an incorrect codevector than to the transmitted code vector.
Based on the maximum likelihood decoding scheme, an incorrectdecoding would be committed.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 56 / 83
![Page 263: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/263.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
A block code with minimum distance dmin guarantees correcting allthe error patterns of t = [(dmin − 1)/2] or fewer errors, where[(dmin− 1)/2] denotes the largest integer no greater than (dmin− 1)/2
The parameter t = [(dmin − 1)/2] is called the random-errorcorrecting capability of the code
The code is referred to as a t-error-correcting code.
A block code with random-error-correcting capability t is usuallycapable of correcting many error patterns of t + 1 or more errors.
For a t-error-correcting (n, k) linear code, it is capable of correcting atotal 2n−k error patterns.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 57 / 83
![Page 264: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/264.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
A block code with minimum distance dmin guarantees correcting allthe error patterns of t = [(dmin − 1)/2] or fewer errors, where[(dmin− 1)/2] denotes the largest integer no greater than (dmin− 1)/2
The parameter t = [(dmin − 1)/2] is called the random-errorcorrecting capability of the code
The code is referred to as a t-error-correcting code.
A block code with random-error-correcting capability t is usuallycapable of correcting many error patterns of t + 1 or more errors.
For a t-error-correcting (n, k) linear code, it is capable of correcting atotal 2n−k error patterns.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 57 / 83
![Page 265: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/265.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
A block code with minimum distance dmin guarantees correcting allthe error patterns of t = [(dmin − 1)/2] or fewer errors, where[(dmin− 1)/2] denotes the largest integer no greater than (dmin− 1)/2
The parameter t = [(dmin − 1)/2] is called the random-errorcorrecting capability of the code
The code is referred to as a t-error-correcting code.
A block code with random-error-correcting capability t is usuallycapable of correcting many error patterns of t + 1 or more errors.
For a t-error-correcting (n, k) linear code, it is capable of correcting atotal 2n−k error patterns.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 57 / 83
![Page 266: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/266.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
A block code with minimum distance dmin guarantees correcting allthe error patterns of t = [(dmin − 1)/2] or fewer errors, where[(dmin− 1)/2] denotes the largest integer no greater than (dmin− 1)/2
The parameter t = [(dmin − 1)/2] is called the random-errorcorrecting capability of the code
The code is referred to as a t-error-correcting code.
A block code with random-error-correcting capability t is usuallycapable of correcting many error patterns of t + 1 or more errors.
For a t-error-correcting (n, k) linear code, it is capable of correcting atotal 2n−k error patterns.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 57 / 83
![Page 267: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/267.jpg)
Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code Error-Detecting and Error-Correcting Capabilities of a Block Code
A block code with minimum distance dmin guarantees correcting allthe error patterns of t = [(dmin − 1)/2] or fewer errors, where[(dmin− 1)/2] denotes the largest integer no greater than (dmin− 1)/2
The parameter t = [(dmin − 1)/2] is called the random-errorcorrecting capability of the code
The code is referred to as a t-error-correcting code.
A block code with random-error-correcting capability t is usuallycapable of correcting many error patterns of t + 1 or more errors.
For a t-error-correcting (n, k) linear code, it is capable of correcting atotal 2n−k error patterns.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 57 / 83
![Page 268: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/268.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 58 / 83
![Page 269: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/269.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Let V1,V2,V3, . . . ,V2k be the code vector of C i.eC = {V1,V2, , . . . ,V2k}. Each code vector i.e for exampleV1 = (v0, v1, . . . , vn−1)
Any decoding scheme used at the receiver is a rule to partition the 2n
possible received vectors into 2k disjoint subsets D1,D2, . . . ,D2k suchthat the code vector vi is contained in the subset Di for 1 ≤ i ≤ 2k .
Each subset Di is one-to-one correspondence to a code vector vi .
If the received vector r is found in the subset Di , r is decoded into vi .
Correct decoding is made if and only if the received vector r is in thesubset Di that corresponds to the actual code vector transmitted.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 59 / 83
![Page 270: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/270.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
A method to partition the 2n possible received vectors into 2k disjointsubsets such that each subset contains one and only one code vectoris described here.Step 1.
First, the 2k code vectors of C are placed in a row with the all-zerocode vector v1 = (0, 0, . . . , 0) as the first (leftmost) element.D1, D2, . . . , Di , D2kv1 = (00...0) v2, . . . , vi , v2kStep 2.
From the remaining 2n − 2k n-tuple, an n-tuple e2 of minimum weightis chosen and is placed under the zero vector v1.
A second row is formed by adding e2 to each code vector vi in thefirst row and placing the sum e2 + vi under vi
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 60 / 83
![Page 271: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/271.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Step 3.
An unused n-tuple e3 is chosen from the remaining n-tuples and isplaced under e2.
Then a third row is formed by adding e3 to each code vector vi in thefirst row and placing e3 + vi under vi .
Continue this process until all the n-tuples are used.
Then we have an array of rows and columns as shown in Fig 3.6
This array is called a standard array of the given linear code C
v1 = 0 v2 . . . vi . . . v2ke2 e2 + v2 . . . e2 + vi . . . e2 + v2ke3 e3 + v2 . . . e3 + vi . . . e3 + v2k...el el + v2 . . . el + vi . . . el + v2k...
en−k2 en−k2 + v2 . . . en−k2 + vi . . . en−k2 + v2k
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 61 / 83
![Page 272: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/272.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Theorem 3.3: No two n-tuples in the same row of a standard array areidentical. Every n-tuple appears in one and only one row. Proof:
The first part of the theorem follows from the fact that all the codevectors of C are distinct
Suppose that two n-tuples in the l th rows are identical, sayel + vi = el + vj with i 6= j
This means that vi = vj , which is impossible, therefore no twon-tuples in the same row are identical
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 62 / 83
![Page 273: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/273.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Proof
It follows from the construction rule of the standard array that everyn-tuple appears at least once
Suppose that an n-tuple appears in both lth row and the mth rowwith l < m
Then this n-tuple must be equal to el + vi for some i and equal toem + vj for some j
As a result, el + vi = em + vj
From this equality we obtain em = el + (vi + vj)
Since vi and vj are code vectors in C, vi + v is also a code vector inC, say vs
This implies that the n-tuple em is in the lth row of the array, whichcontradicts the construction rule of the array that em, the firstelement of the mth row, should be unused in any previous row
No n-tuple can appear in more than one row of the array
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 63 / 83
![Page 274: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/274.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
From Theorem 3.3 we see that there are 2n/2k = 2n−k disjoint rowsin the standard array, and each row consists of 2k distinct elements
The 2n−k rows are called the cosets of the code C
The first n-tuple ej of each coset is called a coset leader
Any element in a coset can be used as its coset leader
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 64 / 83
![Page 275: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/275.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Consider the (6, 3) linear code generated by the following matrix:
G =
0 1 1 1 0 01 0 1 0 1 01 1 0 0 0 1
Message is of
u0 u1 u20 0 00 0 10 1 00 1 11 0 01 0 11 1 01 1 1
The coded message is of U.G =(000000, 011100,101010, 110001, 110110, 101101, 011011, 000111)The standard array of this code is shown in Table.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 65 / 83
![Page 276: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/276.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
The coded message is of U.G =(000000, 011100,101010, 110001, 110110, 101101, 011011, 000111) Thestandard array of this code is shown in Table.
Cosetleader000000 011100 101010 110001 110110 101101 011011 000111100000 111100 001010 010001 010110 001101 111011 100111010000 001100 111010 100001 100110 111101 001011 010111001000 010100 100010 111001 111110 100101 010011 001111000100 011000 101110 110101 110010 101001 011111 000011000010 011110 101000 110011 110100 101111 011001 000101000001 011101 101011 110000 110111 101100 011010 000110100100 111000 001110 010101 010010 001001 111111 100011
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 66 / 83
![Page 277: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/277.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Standard Array Decoding
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 67 / 83
![Page 278: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/278.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Consider (011100) is the transmitted codeword and the received wordis (001100) which lies in 2nd column whose coset leader e=(010000).So e is correctable error pattern. v=r+e=(001100)+(010000)=(011100).
Consider (011100) is the transmitted codeword and the received wordis (010100) which lies in 2nd column whose coset leader e=(001000).So e is correctable error pattern. v=r+e=(010100)+(001000)=(011100).
Consider (011100) is the transmitted codeword and the received wordis (001010) which lies in 2nd column whose coset leader e=(100000).v=r+e= (001010)+(100000)=(101010), in which there are 3 errorsocuur in the received vector that is equal to dmin, hence it isundetectable.
Again consider (011100) is the transmitted codeword and the receivedword is (101100) and for this error pattern there is no coset leader inthe standard array, so e is uncorrectable error pattern.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 68 / 83
![Page 279: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/279.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
A standard array of an (n, k) linear code C consists of 2k disjointcolumns
Let Dj denote the jth column of the standard array, then
Dj = {vj , e2 + vj , e3 + vj , . . . , e2n−k + vj} (3.27)
vj is a code vector of C and e2, e3, . . . e2n−k are the coset leaders
The 2k disjoint columns D1,D2, . . . ,D2k can be used for decoding thecode C.
Suppose that the code vector vj is transmitted over a noisy channel,from (3.27) we see that the received vector r is in Dj if the errorpattern caused by the channel is a coset leader
If the error pattern caused by the channel is not a coset leader, anerroneous decoding will result
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 69 / 83
![Page 280: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/280.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
The decoding is correct if and only if the error pattern caused by thechannel is a coset leader
The 2n−k coset leaders (including the zero vector 0) are called thecorrectable error patterns.Theorem 3.4 Every (n, k) linear block code is capable of correcting2n−k error pattern.
To minimize the probability of a decoding error, the error patternsthat are most likely to occur for a given channel should be chosen asthe coset leaders
When a standard array is formed, each coset leader should be chosento be a vector of least weight from the remaining available vectors
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 70 / 83
![Page 281: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/281.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Syndrome Decoding
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 71 / 83
![Page 282: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/282.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
The syndrome of an n-tuple is an (n-k)-tuple and there are 2n−k
distinct (n-k)-tuples.
From theorem 3.6 that there is a one-to-one correspondence betweena coset and an (nk)-tuple syndrome
Using this one-to-one correspondence relationship, we can form adecoding table, which is much simpler to use than a standard array
The table consists of 2n−k coset leaders (the correctable errorpattern) and their corresponding syndromes
This table is either stored or wired in the receiver
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 72 / 83
![Page 283: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/283.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
The decoding of a received vector consists of three steps:Step 1.
Compute the syndrome S of the received word r,
S = r .HT = HT .r
Step 2.
Locate the coset leader el whose syndrome is equal to r .HT , then elis assumed to be the error pattern caused by the channel.Step 3.
Decode the received vector r into the code vector v. i.e., v = r + el
The decoding scheme described above is called the syndromedecoding or table-lookup decoding
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 73 / 83
![Page 284: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/284.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
The decoding of a received vector consists of three steps:Step 1.
Compute the syndrome S of the received word r,
S = r .HT = HT .r
Step 2.
Locate the coset leader el whose syndrome is equal to r .HT , then elis assumed to be the error pattern caused by the channel.Step 3.
Decode the received vector r into the code vector v. i.e., v = r + el
The decoding scheme described above is called the syndromedecoding or table-lookup decoding
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 73 / 83
![Page 285: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/285.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
The decoding of a received vector consists of three steps:Step 1.
Compute the syndrome S of the received word r,
S = r .HT = HT .r
Step 2.
Locate the coset leader el whose syndrome is equal to r .HT , then elis assumed to be the error pattern caused by the channel.
Step 3.
Decode the received vector r into the code vector v. i.e., v = r + el
The decoding scheme described above is called the syndromedecoding or table-lookup decoding
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 73 / 83
![Page 286: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/286.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
The decoding of a received vector consists of three steps:Step 1.
Compute the syndrome S of the received word r,
S = r .HT = HT .r
Step 2.
Locate the coset leader el whose syndrome is equal to r .HT , then elis assumed to be the error pattern caused by the channel.Step 3.
Decode the received vector r into the code vector v. i.e., v = r + el
The decoding scheme described above is called the syndromedecoding or table-lookup decoding
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 73 / 83
![Page 287: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/287.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Example 3.8
Consider the (7, 4) linear code given in Table 3.1, the parity-checkmatrix is given in example 3.3
The code has 23 = 8 cosets.
There are eight correctable error patterns (including the all-zerovector)
Since the minimum distance of the code is 3, it is capable ofcorrecting all the error patterns of weight 1 or 0
All the 7-tuples of weight 1 or 0 can be used as coset leaders.
The number of correctable error pattern guaranteed by the minimumdistance is equal to the total number of correctable error patterns.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 74 / 83
![Page 288: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/288.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Table: Decoding table for the (7,4) linear code.
Syndrome Coset Leader(100) (1000000)(010) (0100000)(001) (0010000)(110) (0001000)(011) (0000100)(111) (0000010)(101) (0000001)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 75 / 83
![Page 289: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/289.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Suppose that the code vector v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) is transmitted and r= (1 0 0 1 1 1 1) is received code vector.
For decoding r, we compute the syndrome of r.
S = (1 0 0 1 1 1 1)
1 0 00 1 00 0 11 1 00 1 11 1 11 0 1
=(0 1 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 76 / 83
![Page 290: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/290.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Suppose that the code vector v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) is transmitted and r= (1 0 0 1 1 1 1) is received code vector.
For decoding r, we compute the syndrome of r.
S = (1 0 0 1 1 1 1)
1 0 00 1 00 0 11 1 00 1 11 1 11 0 1
=(0 1 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 76 / 83
![Page 291: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/291.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Suppose that the code vector v = (1 0 0 1 0 1 1) is transmitted and r= (1 0 0 1 1 1 1) is received code vector.
For decoding r, we compute the syndrome of r.
S = (1 0 0 1 1 1 1)
1 0 00 1 00 0 11 1 00 1 11 1 11 0 1
=(0 1 1)
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 76 / 83
![Page 292: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/292.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
From Table 3.2 we find that (0 1 1) is the syndrome of the cosetleader e = (0 0 0 0 1 0 0), then r is decoded into
v∗ = r + e
= (1001111) + (0000100)
= (1001011)
which is the actual code vector transmitted
The decoding is correct since the error pattern caused by the channelis a coset leader.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 77 / 83
![Page 293: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/293.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
From Table 3.2 we find that (0 1 1) is the syndrome of the cosetleader e = (0 0 0 0 1 0 0), then r is decoded into
v∗ = r + e
= (1001111) + (0000100)
= (1001011)
which is the actual code vector transmitted
The decoding is correct since the error pattern caused by the channelis a coset leader.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 77 / 83
![Page 294: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/294.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Suppose that v = (0 0 0 0 0 0 0) is transmitted andr = (1 0 0 0 1 0 0) is received code vector.
We see that two errors have occurred during the transmission of v.
The error pattern is not correctable and will cause a decoding error.
When r is received, the receiver computes the syndrome.
s = r .HT = (111)
From the decoding table we find that the coset leadere = (0 0 0 0 0 1 0) corresponds to the syndrome s = (1 1 1).
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 78 / 83
![Page 295: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/295.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Suppose that v = (0 0 0 0 0 0 0) is transmitted andr = (1 0 0 0 1 0 0) is received code vector.
We see that two errors have occurred during the transmission of v.
The error pattern is not correctable and will cause a decoding error.
When r is received, the receiver computes the syndrome.
s = r .HT = (111)
From the decoding table we find that the coset leadere = (0 0 0 0 0 1 0) corresponds to the syndrome s = (1 1 1).
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 78 / 83
![Page 296: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/296.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Suppose that v = (0 0 0 0 0 0 0) is transmitted andr = (1 0 0 0 1 0 0) is received code vector.
We see that two errors have occurred during the transmission of v.
The error pattern is not correctable and will cause a decoding error.
When r is received, the receiver computes the syndrome.
s = r .HT = (111)
From the decoding table we find that the coset leadere = (0 0 0 0 0 1 0) corresponds to the syndrome s = (1 1 1).
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 78 / 83
![Page 297: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/297.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Suppose that v = (0 0 0 0 0 0 0) is transmitted andr = (1 0 0 0 1 0 0) is received code vector.
We see that two errors have occurred during the transmission of v.
The error pattern is not correctable and will cause a decoding error.
When r is received, the receiver computes the syndrome.
s = r .HT = (111)
From the decoding table we find that the coset leadere = (0 0 0 0 0 1 0) corresponds to the syndrome s = (1 1 1).
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 78 / 83
![Page 298: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/298.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Suppose that v = (0 0 0 0 0 0 0) is transmitted andr = (1 0 0 0 1 0 0) is received code vector.
We see that two errors have occurred during the transmission of v.
The error pattern is not correctable and will cause a decoding error.
When r is received, the receiver computes the syndrome.
s = r .HT = (111)
From the decoding table we find that the coset leadere = (0 0 0 0 0 1 0) corresponds to the syndrome s = (1 1 1).
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 78 / 83
![Page 299: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/299.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Suppose that v = (0 0 0 0 0 0 0) is transmitted andr = (1 0 0 0 1 0 0) is received code vector.
We see that two errors have occurred during the transmission of v.
The error pattern is not correctable and will cause a decoding error.
When r is received, the receiver computes the syndrome.
s = r .HT = (111)
From the decoding table we find that the coset leadere = (0 0 0 0 0 1 0) corresponds to the syndrome s = (1 1 1).
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 78 / 83
![Page 300: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/300.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
r is decoded into the code vector.
v∗ = r + e
= (1000100) + (0000010)
= (1000110)
Since v* is not the actual code vector transmitted, a decoding error iscommitted.
Using Table 3.2, the code is capable of correcting any single errorover a block of seven digits.
When two or more errors occur, a decoding error will be committed.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 79 / 83
![Page 301: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/301.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
r is decoded into the code vector.
v∗ = r + e
= (1000100) + (0000010)
= (1000110)
Since v* is not the actual code vector transmitted, a decoding error iscommitted.
Using Table 3.2, the code is capable of correcting any single errorover a block of seven digits.
When two or more errors occur, a decoding error will be committed.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 79 / 83
![Page 302: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/302.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
r is decoded into the code vector.
v∗ = r + e
= (1000100) + (0000010)
= (1000110)
Since v* is not the actual code vector transmitted, a decoding error iscommitted.
Using Table 3.2, the code is capable of correcting any single errorover a block of seven digits.
When two or more errors occur, a decoding error will be committed.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 79 / 83
![Page 303: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/303.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
r is decoded into the code vector.
v∗ = r + e
= (1000100) + (0000010)
= (1000110)
Since v* is not the actual code vector transmitted, a decoding error iscommitted.
Using Table 3.2, the code is capable of correcting any single errorover a block of seven digits.
When two or more errors occur, a decoding error will be committed.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 79 / 83
![Page 304: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/304.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
r is decoded into the code vector.
v∗ = r + e
= (1000100) + (0000010)
= (1000110)
Since v* is not the actual code vector transmitted, a decoding error iscommitted.
Using Table 3.2, the code is capable of correcting any single errorover a block of seven digits.
When two or more errors occur, a decoding error will be committed.
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 79 / 83
![Page 305: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/305.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
The table-lookup decoding of an (n, k) linear code may beimplemented as follows.
The decoding table is regarded as the truth table of n switchfunctions:
e0 = f0(s0, s1, . . . sn−k−1)
e1 = f1(s0, s1, . . . sn−k−1)...
en−1 = fn−1(s0, s1, . . . sn−k−1)
where s0, s1, . . . , sn−k−1 are the syndrome digits where e0, e1, . . . , en−1 arethe estimated error digits
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 80 / 83
![Page 306: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/306.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
The table-lookup decoding of an (n, k) linear code may beimplemented as follows.
The decoding table is regarded as the truth table of n switchfunctions:
e0 = f0(s0, s1, . . . sn−k−1)
e1 = f1(s0, s1, . . . sn−k−1)...
en−1 = fn−1(s0, s1, . . . sn−k−1)
where s0, s1, . . . , sn−k−1 are the syndrome digits where e0, e1, . . . , en−1 arethe estimated error digits
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 80 / 83
![Page 307: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/307.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
The table-lookup decoding of an (n, k) linear code may beimplemented as follows.
The decoding table is regarded as the truth table of n switchfunctions:
e0 = f0(s0, s1, . . . sn−k−1)
e1 = f1(s0, s1, . . . sn−k−1)...
en−1 = fn−1(s0, s1, . . . sn−k−1)
where s0, s1, . . . , sn−k−1 are the syndrome digits where e0, e1, . . . , en−1 arethe estimated error digits
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 80 / 83
![Page 308: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/308.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
The table-lookup decoding of an (n, k) linear code may beimplemented as follows.
The decoding table is regarded as the truth table of n switchfunctions:
e0 = f0(s0, s1, . . . sn−k−1)
e1 = f1(s0, s1, . . . sn−k−1)...
en−1 = fn−1(s0, s1, . . . sn−k−1)
where s0, s1, . . . , sn−k−1 are the syndrome digits where e0, e1, . . . , en−1 arethe estimated error digits
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 80 / 83
![Page 309: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/309.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
+
Received vector buffer register r
Syndrome calculation circuit
Error-pattern circuit(a combinational logic circuit)
++rn-1r0
r1
e0 e1 en-1
sn-1
rn-1r1r0
s0 s1
v1v0 vn-1
r
Corrected output
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 81 / 83
![Page 310: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/310.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Example 3.9
Consider the (7, 4) code given in Table 3.1. The syndrome circuit forthis code is shown in Fig. 3.5.
The decoding table is given by Table 3.2
From this table we form the truth table (Table 3.3)
The switching expression for the seven error digits are
where ∧ denotes the logic-AND operation
where ′ denotes the logic-COMPLENENT of s
e0 = s0 ∧ s′1 ∧ s
′2 e1 = s
′0 ∧ s1 ∧ s
′2 e2 = s
′0 ∧ s
′1 ∧ s2
e3 = s0 ∧ s1 ∧ s′2 e4 = s
′0 ∧ s1 ∧ s2 e5 = s0 ∧ s1 ∧ s2
e6 = s0 ∧ s′1 ∧ s2
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 82 / 83
![Page 311: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/311.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Example 3.9
Consider the (7, 4) code given in Table 3.1. The syndrome circuit forthis code is shown in Fig. 3.5.
The decoding table is given by Table 3.2
From this table we form the truth table (Table 3.3)
The switching expression for the seven error digits are
where ∧ denotes the logic-AND operation
where ′ denotes the logic-COMPLENENT of s
e0 = s0 ∧ s′1 ∧ s
′2 e1 = s
′0 ∧ s1 ∧ s
′2 e2 = s
′0 ∧ s
′1 ∧ s2
e3 = s0 ∧ s1 ∧ s′2 e4 = s
′0 ∧ s1 ∧ s2 e5 = s0 ∧ s1 ∧ s2
e6 = s0 ∧ s′1 ∧ s2
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 82 / 83
![Page 312: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/312.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Example 3.9
Consider the (7, 4) code given in Table 3.1. The syndrome circuit forthis code is shown in Fig. 3.5.
The decoding table is given by Table 3.2
From this table we form the truth table (Table 3.3)
The switching expression for the seven error digits are
where ∧ denotes the logic-AND operation
where ′ denotes the logic-COMPLENENT of s
e0 = s0 ∧ s′1 ∧ s
′2 e1 = s
′0 ∧ s1 ∧ s
′2 e2 = s
′0 ∧ s
′1 ∧ s2
e3 = s0 ∧ s1 ∧ s′2 e4 = s
′0 ∧ s1 ∧ s2 e5 = s0 ∧ s1 ∧ s2
e6 = s0 ∧ s′1 ∧ s2
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 82 / 83
![Page 313: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/313.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Example 3.9
Consider the (7, 4) code given in Table 3.1. The syndrome circuit forthis code is shown in Fig. 3.5.
The decoding table is given by Table 3.2
From this table we form the truth table (Table 3.3)
The switching expression for the seven error digits are
where ∧ denotes the logic-AND operation
where ′ denotes the logic-COMPLENENT of s
e0 = s0 ∧ s′1 ∧ s
′2 e1 = s
′0 ∧ s1 ∧ s
′2 e2 = s
′0 ∧ s
′1 ∧ s2
e3 = s0 ∧ s1 ∧ s′2 e4 = s
′0 ∧ s1 ∧ s2 e5 = s0 ∧ s1 ∧ s2
e6 = s0 ∧ s′1 ∧ s2
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 82 / 83
![Page 314: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/314.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Example 3.9
Consider the (7, 4) code given in Table 3.1. The syndrome circuit forthis code is shown in Fig. 3.5.
The decoding table is given by Table 3.2
From this table we form the truth table (Table 3.3)
The switching expression for the seven error digits are
where ∧ denotes the logic-AND operation
where ′ denotes the logic-COMPLENENT of s
e0 = s0 ∧ s′1 ∧ s
′2 e1 = s
′0 ∧ s1 ∧ s
′2 e2 = s
′0 ∧ s
′1 ∧ s2
e3 = s0 ∧ s1 ∧ s′2 e4 = s
′0 ∧ s1 ∧ s2 e5 = s0 ∧ s1 ∧ s2
e6 = s0 ∧ s′1 ∧ s2
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 82 / 83
![Page 315: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/315.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Example 3.9
Consider the (7, 4) code given in Table 3.1. The syndrome circuit forthis code is shown in Fig. 3.5.
The decoding table is given by Table 3.2
From this table we form the truth table (Table 3.3)
The switching expression for the seven error digits are
where ∧ denotes the logic-AND operation
where ′ denotes the logic-COMPLENENT of s
e0 = s0 ∧ s′1 ∧ s
′2 e1 = s
′0 ∧ s1 ∧ s
′2 e2 = s
′0 ∧ s
′1 ∧ s2
e3 = s0 ∧ s1 ∧ s′2 e4 = s
′0 ∧ s1 ∧ s2 e5 = s0 ∧ s1 ∧ s2
e6 = s0 ∧ s′1 ∧ s2
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 82 / 83
![Page 316: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/316.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
Example 3.9
Consider the (7, 4) code given in Table 3.1. The syndrome circuit forthis code is shown in Fig. 3.5.
The decoding table is given by Table 3.2
From this table we form the truth table (Table 3.3)
The switching expression for the seven error digits are
where ∧ denotes the logic-AND operation
where ′ denotes the logic-COMPLENENT of s
e0 = s0 ∧ s′1 ∧ s
′2 e1 = s
′0 ∧ s1 ∧ s
′2 e2 = s
′0 ∧ s
′1 ∧ s2
e3 = s0 ∧ s1 ∧ s′2 e4 = s
′0 ∧ s1 ∧ s2 e5 = s0 ∧ s1 ∧ s2
e6 = s0 ∧ s′1 ∧ s2
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 82 / 83
![Page 317: Linear Block Codes - JNNCE ECE Manjunathjnnce-ece-manjunath.weebly.com/uploads/1/9/2/0/19204775/blockcode.pdfIntroduction to Linear Block Codes Linear Block Codes Transmission through](https://reader030.vdocuments.site/reader030/viewer/2022040322/5e623512386180211c3f9751/html5/thumbnails/317.jpg)
Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding Standard Array and Syndrome Decoding
r0 r5r4r3r2r1 r6
+ ++
ReceivedVector
r0 +e0 r5 +
e5r4 +e4r3 +
e3r2 +e1r1 +
e1 r6 +e6
s1 s2s0
Corrected Vector
Manjunatha. P (JNNCE) Linear Block Codes September 21, 2013 83 / 83